ie arr
ab)
Mig ites
ayy
Sua
‘i i iN
Lark ae is a _—
he * ne
; f
rs
- ~ —
» ; oe vy
2 |
we :
Pai a
Arie
ae a
h hOENTOO TOEO O
MMA
IOHM/18lN
oo
cS
=) ze
-
FRONTISPIECE
Ay
\ Sa
MANUAL
OF
PEN UC OULOGY:
STRUCTURAL AND SYSTEMATIC.
WITH ILLUSTRATIONS OF THE SPECIES.
eet AE \ ,4 *»
By GEORGE W. TRYON, JR.
CONTINUATION BY
HENRY “A; PILSBRY,
CONSERVATOR OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION OF THE ACADEMY O
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
WO lg ox Vile
PHILINIDA, GASTROPTERID#, AGLAJID&, APLYSIIDA,
OXYNUEIDA, RUNCINID&, UMBRACULIDA,
PLEUROBRANCHID&,
PHILADELPHIA :
Published by Conchological Section
ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,
OF PHILADELPHIA.
1895-6.
HE present volume is devoted to the monographs of Tecti-
branchiate mollusks, in continuation of Volume XV. The
CEPHALASPIDEA herein monographed belong to groups of
which but few species are represented in the collection studied, so
that little beyond the merits of a careful compilation can be ex-
pected. In the ANAsPIDEA, more material has been available, and
it is hoped that progress has been made in the classification and defi-
nition of subfamilies and genera, as well as in the facilitation of
specific determinations. To a less extent this also applies to the
NorasPIDEA.
A single family of AscoGLossa, Oxynoeide, is included herein, on
account of the Bulla-like shell developed. The other AscoGLossa
and the NuDIBRANCHIATA proper, which have no shells when adult,
will not be included; the fruitful labors of Bergh rendering their
treatment here inadvisable, especially in view of the fact that few
conchologists concern themselves with those groups.
In an appendix, the Tectibranch groups of Volume XV are
brought up to 1896.
A brief introductory chapter embodies the views of the author on
the classification of CrEPHALASPIDEA; the chief departures from
previous arrangements being in the dismemberment of the old family
Bullide, with the creation of Akeratide ; and the rearrangement of
the families into phyla based largely upon the mode of specialization
of the radula, and the development of the pleuropodial lobes.
1S Laws Wd
ill
At y
t
- a
CLASSIFICATION AND PHYLOGENY
OF TECTIBRANCHIATA.
The Tectibranchiate mollusks have been divided by Dr. Paul
Fischer into three main groups, based largely upon external anatomy :
I. Head bearing a fleshy shield ; tentacles or rhinophores (as such)
usually wanting; male organ or its orifice widely separated
from the female orifice. CEPHALASPIDEA.
II. Head without shield, bearing a pair of enrolled, erect rhino-
phores, with usually an anterior pair of labial tentacular pro-
cesses ; gill dorsal ; male and female orifices widely separated.
ANASPIDEA.
III. No head shield; back protected by a fleshy shield or mantle,
the gill below it on the right side; male and female orifices
contiguous or not widely separated. NorasPIDEA.
The families of Cephalaspidea are defined below. ‘The group
Anaspidea contains but one family, Aplysiide (see page 59). The
families of Notaspidea, three in number, are defined on page 170 of
this volume.
The numerous families of Cephalaspidea, or shield-headed Tecti-
branchs, fall into four well-defined groups or series, of about equal
rank, as follows:
Operculate.
I. Radula multidentate ; no pleuropodial lobes, Acteonide, Vol.
KV pr tsp:
Not operculate.
II. Radula multidentate ; pleuropodial lobes developed.
a. Head-shield without tentacles; shell thin, light yellow,
brown or green; aperture frequently with a posterior
sinus or slit at the suture, Akeratide, Vol. XV, p. 350.
aa. Head-shield bearing 2 or 4 tentacles ; shell decidedly varie-
gated; no posterior slit, Hydatinide, Vol. XV, p. 385.
=
vi
IIf. Radula with few teeth in a row, or none. No pleuropodial
lobes.
a. Shell oval, solid, mottled and variegated (except in a few
deep water forms), spire umbilicated or concealed ; rad-
ula formula 1.2.1.2.1, the rachidian tooth largest; 3
corneous, dumb-bell shaped stomach-plates,
Bullide, Vol. XV, p. 826.
aa. Shell small, unicolored; no teeth; 3 flat, oval, stomach-
plates with coarsely tuberculate inner faces,
Tornatinide, Vol. XV, p. 180.
IV. Radula with few teeth in a row, or none; pleuropodial lobes
well-developed or very large (? except in Ringiculid@) .
shell often concealed and partly uncoiled or degenerate.
a. Shell obese, ovate, small, with thick outer lip and plicate
columella (pleuropodial lobes wanting ?),
Ringiculide, Vol. XV, p. 593.
aa. Shell few-whorled or degenerate, if spiral the aperture very
large, as long as the shell. Pleuropodial lobes large.
b. Shell external to mantle,
Scaphandride, Vol. XV, p. 242.
bb. Shell wholly concealed in the mantle; no rachid-
ian teeth.
c. Radula present; shell spiral, more or less
open, wholly calcified; pleuropodia of mod-
erate size, Philinide, p. 1.
ce. Radula present; shell reduced to a minute
nautiloid calcareous spire and a large,
open cuticular body-whorl; pleuropodia .
extremely large, Gastropteride, p. 39.
ccc. No teeth; shell a flattened open spiral;
head and back shields subequal, the pleu-
ropodia reflexed partly over them,
Aglajide, p. 48.
The accompanying diagram expresses:the general relationships of
the families of Cephalaspidea, as understood by the writer.
Vil
— .
§ con 2
3 ss
3 Hee ao ca
= 28 = 2s
aS Sos Bes ce
S os. 5 Ret
~ —_
+ 3 Sse ee ee)
a) =n gd 32 3 8
eS ae aa} Gee
275 =i ©
ee |S md
Wes &
® ine
“ob & | Philinide
<0 6§ 1
PS |
~_~
a |
| f | | | Scaphandride.
!
Approximate phylogeny of the families of Cephalaspidea.
The group of families on the left side are the most primitive of
recent Tectibranchiata; the median and right hand groups being
far more specialized, and more remote from the Notaspidea and
Anaspidea.
A phylogenetic table of the shell-bearing Opisthobranchs has been
given by M. Cossmann in a work of great merit, ‘‘ Essais de Paléo-
conchyliologie Comparée” (1895), derived mainly from his studies of
the fossil forms. The great discrepancy between the results obtained
by the distinguished French author and myself, are in part trace-
able to the widely different material studied, and in part to the fact
that Tectibranchs, like Pulmonates, are singularly non-committal in
the characters of the shel/. In fact, I feel that it is not extreme to
state that the shells alone, in either group, are totally inadequate to
express the affinities of families and genera. In so many groups are
the shells more or less degenerate, so many are the cases of parallel
or converging development of the shells, that conclusions based upon
them alone, without a knowledge of the soft anatomy for a primary
guide, are practically valueless for the appreciation of the affinities
of genera and families, either in Tectibranchiata or Pulmonata.
There can be no doubt, however, that paleontology will prove of
great value in supplementing the evidence of comparative anatomy ;
and the best results can only be obtained by a union of the two
methods.
PHILINID®. 1
Family PHILINID.
Philinide Fiscuer, Man. de Conch. p. 563.
Shell capable of containing but a small part of the body, entirely
internal, covered by the reflexed and united mantle ; whitish, fragile,
open from in front or below, consisting of 2 to 1 whorls; spire sunken
or absent ; aperture extremely large, the outer lip often produced in
a lobe or point above.
Body oblong, the head-shield having no tentacular processes, pro-
vided with sessile eyes or without them ; foot truncated or rounded
behind; parapodial lobes very large and conspicuous, more or less
folded over the back.
Radula lacking central teeth ; laterals large, uncini few or none.
Formula varying from 6:1:0°1°6 to 1:01.
The family Philinide is most nearly allied to Secaphandride, but
differs in having the mantle reflexed and closed over the shell, in
lacking rhachidian teeth, and in the degeneration of the shell as a
protective armor.
Synopsis of Genera.
Genus PHILINE Ascanius.
Shell spiral and moderately developed ; foot about two-thirds the
length of body, obliquely truncated. ;
Genus? PHILINOPSIS Pease.
The characters given by Pease are quite insufficient to show the
position of the group. It may belong to Aglajid@, which see.
Genus CHELIDONURA A. Ad.
Shell small, rudimentary, uncoiled ; foot long, rounded behind ;
epipodial lobes long; mantle with two tail-like appendages ; head
with three groups of bristle-bearing tubes.
Genus CRYPTOPHTHALMUS Ehrenb.
Shell small, rudimentary, uncoiled ; foot as long as body, rounded
behind; parapodial lobes large, as long as foot; mantle without
tail-like appendages; head lacking bristle-like sense-organs.
1
2 PHILINE.
Genus PHILINE Ascanius, 1772.
Philine Ascantus, K. Vet. Ak. Stock. Handl. 1772, p. 329.
—Bullea Lam., Syst. Anim. s. Vert. p. 63, type B. planciana Lam.,
—P. aperta L. (1801).—Lobaria MutuEr, Zoologie Danice Pro-
dromus, p. 226 (1776).— Utriculopsis M. Sars, Nyt. Mag. f. Natur-
videns., 1870, xvii, p. 177 (see p. 16).—Colpodaspis M. Sars, Bidr.
Kundskab. Christianiafjordens Fauna, ii, p. 74 (1870).—Colobo-
cephalus M. Sars, t. ¢., p. 54, type C. costedlatus M. Sars, pl. 11, f.
7-14.— Ossiania Monrts., Nom. Gen. e Spec. p. 147, type P. quad-
rata 8. Wood (1884).—Hermania Monts., /. ¢., type P. seabra Mill.
—Phyline and Philina of some writers.
+Laona A. Ad., Johania Monts. and Megistostoma Gabb.
Shell ovate or squarish, thin and fragile, smooth, spirally striate
or punctate, or latticed, translucent, pale colored ; consisting of few
loosely convoluted whorls, which are entirely open from below ;
spire sunken; aperture very large, broadly effuse below, the outer
lip retracted joining a wide sinus above. Columella thin, arcuate,
type P. aperta L.
Animal much too large to be included in the shell. Head disk
oblong, large, without eyes: parapodial lobes fleshy and erect ; foot
obliquely truncated behind, the shell and mantle projecting beyond
it. Mantle reflexed and completely united over the shell. (Pl. 3,
figs. 58, 54, P. aperta ; pl. 4, figs. 77, 78, P. pruinosa). Gizzard (pl.
9, figs. 6 from above, 7 lateral view) containing three lozenge-
shaped plates, with the inner face convex, outer face concave and
pierced by two foramina (pl. 9, f. 1-3, P. aperta). Sometimes giz-
zard-plates are rudimentary or absent.
Radula without rhachidian teeth, the laterals large, erect, claw-
shaped ; uncini 0 to 6, small, narrow, and curved acicular when pre-
sent (pl. 9, figs. 4,5 P. aperta; fig. 10, P. pruinosa).
The names Lobaria and Bullea are absolute synonyms, being
founded upon the type species of Philine. Utriculopsis, Colpodaspis
and Colobocephalus were based upon the young of various species of
Philine, although I believe that the last-named has not been ident-
ified as yet with any adult form. The dentition of Colobocephalus
as figured by the younger Sars (see pl. 9, fig. 8) agrees well with that
of Philine.
Sometus Férussac (Tab. Syst. p. xxx) and Blainville (Malaco-
logie, p. 478), Sorme of Adanson, has sometimes been placed in the
PHILINE. 3
synonymy of Philine, but a reference to Adanson’s work shows it
to be a doubtful synonym and practically useless.
G. O. Sars has proposed an arrangement of the Scandinavian
Philines based upon the nature of the gizzard-plates, which may be
calcified or cartilaginous, and the presence and number of uncini ;
and his scheme forms an admirable basis for the classification of the
entire genus. Monterosato proposes several sectional groups based
on shell contour and sculpture, but as these features change gradu-
ally as we pass from one species to another, the names he gives are
hardly worth retaining. If sectional names are required the follow-
ing scheme may serve until a study of the anatomy of all the species
still unexamined, gives ground for a natural classification.
Section PHILINE s. str.
Shell smooth or with spiral strize or dot-series; type P. aperta.
Includes Hermania Monts., type P. seabra; Ossiania Monts., type
P. quadrata Wood; Megistostoma Gabb, type P. striata Gabb not
Desh.,=P. gabbi Cossm. (Cretaceous).
Section Laona A. Adams.
Shell with latticed sculpture. Contains at present two species only :
P. pruinosa Clark and P. zonata A. Ad.
Section Jonanta Monts.
Shell with an external pumice like reticulated layer. Type P.
vestita Phil. No otherspecies are known to belong to this group.
coe Te oy
Subgenus Patiine Ascanius.
I have above expressed the opinion that the sections Hermania
and Ossiania are no aid to a right comprehension of the internal
relationships of this genus. As to Megistostoma, the type specimen
before me shows no departure of value from typical Philine, except
that the sculpture is not quite like that of any recent species. ‘The
evidence of a thick inner lip is most unsatisfactory ; the posterior
lobe of the lip is more produced than in the average P. aperta, but
probably not more than extreme forms of that species. It is broken
off in the type, and so appears more rounded than it really was.
The following table is slightly modified from Sars. It is much to
be desired that those species not yet sufficiently known to be inserted
herein, be examined and their positions indicated.
4 PHILINE.
Partial Key to Species of Philine.
a. Gizzard-plates distinct, calcareous.
b. Uncini 1 on each side, rudimentary ; shell spirally chain-
striate, oblong: scabra, catena, lovent.
bb. No uncini; shell wider.
ce. Shell spirally striolate.
d. Striate delicate, wavy, close: finmarchica, ossiansarst,
fragilis, japonica.
dd. Striz thick, opaque: cingulata.
ec. Very smooth ; no spiral strive: aperta, infortunata.
aa. Gizzard-plates rudimentary, cartilaginous; 2 uncini on each
side; shell with spiral series of oblong rings: punctala, angul-
ata.
aaa. Gizzard-plates entirely wanting.
b. Uncini strong, hamate.
c. One uncinus on each side; shell very smooth, oblong
nitida.
cc. Two uncini on each side ; shell spirally chain-striate.
d. Shell ovate: quadrata.
dd. Shell oblong: lima.
bb. Uncini delicate, exserted, little curved.
c. Six uncini on each side.
d. Shell latticed : pruinosa.
dd. Shell striated lengthwise: flexuosa.
cc. Two uncini on each side; shell very smooth: velutinoides.
P. ARGENTATA Gould. Unfigured.
Shell square-ovate, compressed, very thin, lucid, with the luster
of tale; concentrically waved and engraved with transverse silvery
lines. Apex indented and calloused ; lip widely standing out be-
hind, subtruncate in front; columella with a distinct fold. Length
6, diam. 5 mill. Very much like P. scutulum Lovén, except in its
sculpture. Distinguished from P. vitrea by its offstanding lip and
silvery grooves. (Gid.).
Hakodadi Bay, Japan, 2-6 fms. (Stimp.):
Philine argentata Gup., Proc. Bost. Soe. vii, p. 189 ; Otia, p. 111.
P. acurancuLa A. Adams. Unjigured.
Shell rather squarely ovate, white, thin, somewhat truncated be-
hind; transversely sulcate, the sulci excavated-punctate; last whorl
PHILINE. 5
with subparallel sides ; aperture open; lip-edge semicircular, with
the hind angle incurved, produced and acute. (Ad.).
Gulf of Lian-tung ; Hulu-Shan Bay (Ad.).
P. acutangula Ap. Ann. Mag. (3), ix, p. 161.
The nearest approach to this species is P. scutudum Lovén; but
the produced sharp hind angle of the outer lip will serve readily to
distinguish it. (Ad.).
P. TRUNCATISSIMA Sowerby. PI. 2, figs. 19, 20.
Shell short, subquadrate, subcompressed, thin, diaphanous, marked
with distant concentric opaque lines which are angular in front;
aperture very wide in front, widely truncated; outer lip angular.
(Soub.).
Habitat unknown.
Philine truncatissima Sows., C. Icon. xviii, pl. 1, f. 5a, b.
This transparent little species is remarkable for the truncated
character of the widened anterior, producing an angle on the lower
part of the outer lip; which is beautifully indicated by the opaque
white lines delineating the edges of former outer lips. (Sowd.).
P. saponica Lischke. Pl. 2, figs. 23, 24 (type); figs. 17, 18
(striatella Tap.-Can., enlarged).
Shell square-ovate, thin, milky or bluish-white, generally pellucid
below; sculptured with irregular, low growth-wrinkles and close,
fine spiral impressed lines, sometimes subobsolete below. Vertex
narrow, rather deeply umbilicated, showing one whorl; body-whorl
with a shallow, wide spiral depression in the middle and another
above it. Aperture extremely large, broad, effuse and subtruncate
below, deeply sinused above; outer lip prominent and obtusely
angular at the junction of the lightly arcuate outer and basal mar-
gins, produced in a widely rounded lobe above the vertex. Col-
umella deeply and equably arched, margined by a slight groove.
Alt. 12-18, diam. 10 mill.; alt. 14, diam. 113 mill.
Bay of Yedo (Lischke) ; Yokohama (Magenta).
P. japonica Liscuk®, Malak. Blatter, xix, p. 105 (June, 1872);
Jap. Meeres-Conchyl. iii, p. 77, pl. 5, f. 138, 14.—P. striateldla Tar.-
Can. Zool. del Viaggio intorno al Globo della R. Fregata Magenta,
Malacol., p. 109, pl. 2, f. 9, 9a (shell), 96 (dentition) ; 1874.
6 PHILINE.
The squarish form and close, simple stri# are characteristic,
though in some specimens the grooves are rather irregular and
more spaced, and subobsolete on the base. Often there is an ap-
pearance of two or three faint, more hyaline bands on the back.
Occasionally the grooves of the outer surface project as slight raised
threads inside the shell, as Lischke describes for P. sealpta Ad. The
dentition according to Tapparone-Canefri, is after the formula 1-0-1,
laterals denticulate. The gizzard-plates of specimens collected by
Frederick Stearns are well calcified, two of them large, subtriangular,
with a slight swelling on the middle of the long side, ends attenu-
ated; the third is shorter, much narrower and fusiform. P. stria-
tella T.-C. is undoubtedly synonymous; the type measured 14 x 113
mill., exactly the dimensions of a specimen collected by Stearns.
P. scateTa A. Adams. . Pl. 2, figs. 21, 22.
Shell oblong ovate, white, thin, semipellucid ; subplicate length-
wise, the folds irregular, engraved by wavy, transverse, distant im-
pressed lines. Aperture ample; columellar margin thin, acute; lip
regularly arched, rounded posteriorly. (Ad.).
Bay of Yedo (Lischke) ; Tsu-Sima 30 fms.; Corea Strait, 46 fms.
(Ad.).
P. scalpta Av., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), 1x, p. 160 (Feb., 1862).—-Lis-
CHKE, J. M.-C. ii, p. 171; iii, p. 76, pl. 5, f. 15, 16.—ef. P. seulpta
(sic), Tap.-Can., Viag. Magenta, p. 109.
Bulla exarata Ph., or Haminea sinensis A. Ad., is the only species
resembling this in sculpture; but the form is very different; the
body-whorl in that species is large, and the outer lip narrowed pos-
teriorly and greatly produced. (Ad.).
Lischke has figured this species from specimens collected in the
Bay of Yedo, and gives the following notes: These have much
similarity to P. japonica in form, especially in the proportion of the
convolute portion of the shell to the extremely wide aperture ; but
the shell is thinner, narrower, equably and less strongly convex than
in P. japonica; the spire is only superficially sunken, the columella
without bordering groove, the outer lip not so much extended above.
Especially different is the sculpture, which here consists of coarse,
irregular growth-strize and more deeply cut, less wavy spiral grooves,
more widely spaced, with broader smooth girdles between. These
grooves are so deep in comparison with the thickness of the shell
that they form fine raised lines on the interior of the aperture.
PHILINE. 7
P. crenata A. Adams. Unfigured.
Shell ovate, white, slightly solid; somewhat angular behind;
transversely deeply sulcate, the sulci transversely excavated-punc-
tate, their margins crenate. Aperture dilated; columellar margin
obliquely truncated in front; lip semicircular, a little produced be-
hind and rounded. (Ad.).
Tsu-Sima 30 fms.; Korea Strait, 46 fms. (Ad.).
P. crenata AD., 1. c. p. 160.
No species has been described resembling this, which is nearly as
large as P. coreanica. The edges of the transverse grooves are
conspicuously crenate, and the puncta or pits are transversely
oblong. (Ad.).
P. srrioLATA A. Adams. Unfigured.
Shell small, ovate, white, thin, semipellucid, rounded behind ;
plicate lengthwise, transversely striolate, the striole close and very
fine; aperture dilated; columellar margin arcuate; lip regularly
semicircular, produced and rounded behind. (Ad.).
Tsu-Sima, Japan, 30 fms. (Ad.).
P. striolata Av., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), ix, p. 161.
In form this little species most nearly approaches Bullea pruinosa
Clark, from the British Seas; but in sculpture it is entirely differ-
ent, being very finely transversely striated. (Ad.).
P. conEANICA A. Adams. PI. 2, fig. 15.
Shell subquadrately oval ; outer margin rather straight, its upper
angle truncated ; spire rather elevated. (Ad.).
Corean Archipelago, on mud flats (Ad.).
Bulla (Philine) coreanica A. Av., Thes. ii, p. 601, pl. 125, f. 166
(shell) —B. coreanica Avs. & Rve., Zool. Samarang, Moll. p. 65, pl.
18, f. 3 (animal).—P. coreanica Sows. in Conch. Icon. xviii, f. 3.
P. virrea Gould. Unfigured.
Shell of moderate size, fragile, glassy, pellucid and iridescent ;
roundly ovate, depressed, marked with sinuous concentric waves.
Apex opaque, hardly indented, showing one whorl. Aperture very
ample; lip rounded above; columella acute, foldless, openly show-
ing the interior of the shell. Length 10, breadth 8, dorso-ventral
alt. 3 mill. (Gld.).
Hong Kong (Stimp.).
8 PHILINE.
Philine vitrea Gip., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., vii, p. 1389, (Oct.
1859); Otia Conch., p. 111.
P. ornrENTALIS A. Adams. PI. 2, fig. 16.
Shell ovate-rounded, subinvolute, white, solid, shining ; no spire;
aperture large, spreading in front; lip semicircular, the upper
angle produced and rounded. (Ad.).
This species has somewhat the form of P. aperta, but wants the
transverse impressed groove seen in that species; the plates of the
gizzard, moreover, are produced at each end into long, slender pro-
cesses, somewhat similar to those of P. schreteri, the shell of which
is very different in form. (Ad.).
Lat. 6° 54’ N., long. 122° 18’ E. Off Malanipa, Basilan Strait,
Philippines, 10-20. fms. (Challenger).
P. orientalis A. Ap., P. Z.S., 1854, p. 672.—Sowp. in Conch.
Ieon., xviii, pl. 2, f. 11.—Warson, Chall. Gastr., p. 672.
P. anaast Crosse & Fischer. PI. 3, figs. 59 (type), 57, 58.
Shell oblong, longitudinally very delicately wrinkle-striate, thin,
pellucid, shining, hyaline-milky ; apex rounded, a little concave in
the middle; convex outside, subcylindrical, spirally convoluted
within. Aperture very ample at base, the outer margin semicircu-
lar, simple, acute, extending some above the apex. Interior covered
with a white, pellucid, very thin callus in adults. Alt. 30, diam. 20
mill. Stomach plates very solid, looking like a cocked hat. (C. &
F.).
St. Vincent’s Gulf and Port Jackson (Angas) ; Torres Strait (Bra-
zier) ; New Zealand (Hutton).
Bullea angasi C. & F., Journ. de Conch., 1865, p. 38, pl. 2, f. 8.
—Philine angasi Ancas, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 189; 1867, p. 227.—
Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. Wales, ii, p. 88.—Sowp. in Conch.
Icon., xviii, pl. 1, f. 4—Wartson, Chall. Gastrop., p. 671.—Hvr-
Ton, Journ. de Conch., 1878, p. 41.
This species has repeatedly been declared identical with P. aperta,
but it seems to have the lip less angular above than usual in that
species, and the stomach-plates are probably different, judging from
the brief remark of C. & F. to the effect that they are very solid
“et affectent l’apparence d’un chapeau a cornes.” One would
hardly say this of the plates of P. aperta (pl. 9, f. 1, 2, 38, 6, 7). At
PHILINE. 9
all events the matter merits further investigation before the conser-
vative malacologist can be satisfied to declare the Austral and North
Atlantic forms identical; and in this connection the alleged occur-
rence of P. aperta or schroeteri in the Philippines needs confir-
mation. Watson (/. c.) retains angasi and aperta distinct.
P. cAuRINA Benson. Unfigured.
Shell ovate-oblong, white, very thin, papery, transversely elegan-
tly and most minutely striatulate; aperture auriform, narrowed
above, patulous below; lip rising above the vertex; spire none.
(Bens.).
Tinghae, Chusan (Dr. Cantor).
Bullea caurina Bens., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. xxiv, 1855,
p. 128.
The part of the body-whorl which is visible when the aperture is
turned towards the observer, is small in proportion to the mouth.
The summit of the shell resembles the same part in Bulla naviwm
and B. solida, but the outer lip is destitute of the fold where it rises
above the apex, which appears in those species; resembling in this
respect B. ampulla. ‘The thinness of the inner lip locates this shell
in Bullea. Its being internal, probably accounts for the state of
Dr. Cantor’s specimens from the contraction of the cooked animals,
compressing the very fragile shells. The same circumstance may:
have occasioned the want of success met with in the search for liy-
ing examples. (Bens.).
P. eRyTHR#@A H. Adams. PI. 3, fig. 60.
Shell subquadrate-oval, thin, semipellucid, sculptured with dis-
tant transverse lines; aperture ample, dilated in front, the columel-
lar margin thin; lip rounded behind, margin arcuate. Alt. 8,
diam. 6 mill. The gizzard of this species has the plates deeply ser-
rated on the edges (H. Ad., P. Z. S., 1872, p. 11, pl. 3, f. 11, [shell]
lla [gizzard plate]).
Red Sea (McAndrew).
This is “P. erythreensis=aperta” of Cooke (Ann. Mag. N. H. [5],
xvii, p. 133). It has been stated to be indistinguishable from P.
aperta, but there seems to be a strong differential feature in the ser-
rated gizzard plates, those of aperta being smooth at the edges. I
do not know whether P. vail/anti is identical with this or not, but in
10 PHILINE.
the absence of information leave it independent for the present.
It is a larger shell than this.
P. vAILLANTI Issel. Unfigured.
Shell oblong, longitudinally unequally wrinkle-striated, thin,
fragile, a little shining, milky-transparent, translucid, with clear
bands; convex outside, ovate; inside spirally convoluted ; apex ex-
cavated or perforate ; whorls 1-14; aperture large, the outer mar-
gin strongly arcuate, simple, acute, projecting a little above the
apex ; inner margin having a very thin whitish callus. Alt. 27,
diam. 20 mill.; alt. 24, diam. 19 mill. (Jsse/).
Suez, ete., (Issel).
P. vaillanti Issru, Mal. Mar Rosso, p. 166, (1869).=B. angast
Vaillant, J. de C., 1865, p. 110, not of C. & F.
Compare P. aperta and P. erythrea.
P. apertTA Linné. PI. 3, figs. 47 to 56. PI. 9, figs. 1, 2,3 gizzard
plate; 4,5 radula; 6 mouth, radula-sack and stomach seen from
above; 7 seen from the side.
Shell squarish-oval, depressed in front, very thin and fragile,
semitransparent, glossy and iridescent; sculpture, plait-like and
irregular lines of growth and a few extremely slight and more ir-
regular spiral lines, which latter are not discernible except with a
lens and at certain angles of light; the texture examined under a
microscope resembles curdled milk; color whitish, with sometimes
two or three clear streaks across the back; spire very loosely coiled,
with the nucleus extremely small and concealed by a shelly deposit
from the hinder lobe of the mantle; it is always more or less in-
dented, and in the young is slightly umbilicate ; mouth roundish-
oval, of enormous size compared with that of the convoluted portion
and occupying seven-eighths of the under surface; it is obliquely
truncated above and rounded below; outer lip dilated, with a sinu-
ous and very thin edge; the upper part slopes outwards and projects
considerably beyond the spire; inner corner receding and acute-
angled; inner lip spread over the pillar, and forming at the angle
where it meets the outer lip, a thick and shapeless callus; pillar
sharp and flexuous; there is no umbilical groove or depression.
(Jeffr.).
Alt. 21, diam. 17 mill.
PHILINE. 14
Norway tothe Canaries and Cape Verde Is.; Mediterranean; low
water to 50 fms; Cape of Good Hope ; (Chemnitz, Krauss); Quer-
amba Is. and Inhambane, E. Africa ; (Peters).
Bulla aperta L., Syst, xii, p. 1183.-—Bullea aperta Lam., Anim.
s. Vert. vi, p. 30.—Philine aperta Fornes & HAN Ley, Hist. Brit.
Moll., ii, p. 539, pl. 114e, f. 1; pl. uu, fi 1—JeErrreys, Brit:
Conch., iv, p. 457, v, pl. 96, f. 8—Htpaxeo, Mol. Mar. Esp., pl. 21,
f. 6, 7—Mryer & Mostus, Fauna Kieler Bucht, p. 77, f. 1-6.—
Buaq., Daurz. & Doutr., Moll. Rouss., i, p. 540; pl. 63, f. 10-15.—
VAYSSIERE, Rech. Moll. Opisto., p. 33, pl. 1, f. 18-21.—Sars, Moll.
Reg. Arct. Norv., pl. xi, f. 15, (anatomy), and of authors generally.
See Arch. Zool. Expér., iv, 483, for account of double monsters.—
Phylina quadripartita Ascantus, K. Vetensk. Ak. Stock. Handl.,
1772, p. 329, pl. 10, f. A, B—Cuenu, Manuel de Conch., i, p. 392,
f. 2972.—A. Ap., Thes. Conch., p. 599, pl. 125, f. 159.—Lobaria
quadriloba MuLuER, Zool. Dan., iii, p. 30, pl. C, f. 1-5.—Lobaria
quadrilobata GMEL., Syst. xiii, p. 8148.—Bullea planciana Lam.,
Syst. An. s. Vert., p.63.—Puit., Enum. Moll. Sicil., ii, p. 94, pl. 20,
f. 3—Bullea schroeteri Putu., l. c. p. 94, pl. 20, f. 2.—Krauss,
Stidaf. Moll., p. 70.—Philine schroetert A. Av., Thes., p. 600, pl.
125, f. 160.—Brazrer, Proce. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii, p. 88.—
Bullea capensis Prr., Krit. Register zu Mart. & Chemn., p. 93.—
Philine capensis Martens, Monatsber. K. P. Akad. Wissensch. zu
Berlin, 1879, p. 738.—Amygdala marina PLANcus, De Conchis
minus notis, pp. 21, 103, pl. 11, f. d-g—Bulla candida MULLER,
(teste Jeffreys).— Bulla bulla DaCosra, Hist. Nat. Test. Brit. p. 30,
pl. 2, f. 38, (1778).— Bulla emarginata J. ApAms, Trans. Linn. Soc.,
V5 L800; p. 2) pl. 1, -f. 9=11,
P. aperta L., typical, may be retained for the shells from Cape of
Good Hope (type locality) and European Seas, with the synonymy
given above. B.schroeteri Phil. (fig. 50) and B. capensis Pfr. are
synonyms of the Cape form, the other names belong to the European
form, which, if it should prove distinct, will be called P. quadripar-
tita Asc. P. planciana Phil. (pl. 3, f. 47, 48, typical figures, and
fig. 49) is a synonym of this.
Var. patula Jeffreys. Smaller, with the mouth larger and more
expanded. Tenby, Dublin Bay, Connemara. (Brit. Conch., iv, p.
458).
1 PHILINE.
With this species have been united by many late writers, forms of
Philine from the Red Sea, Australia, ete., which so far as the shells
are concerned seem to be almost, if not quite inseparable. It
remains to be seen whether the dentition and gizzard-plates will
offer features differentiating the Atlantic and Mediterranean form
from those of the Indo-Pacific. The descriptions of these forms
have been given above, but the question of their status is of course,
an open one.
P. scaBRA Miller. PI. 5, figs. 1, 2, 3.
Shell resembling in shape a miniature Scaphander lignarius, but
more cylindrical; it is ofa delicate texture, semitransparent, and of
a glistening and iridescent lustre ; sculpture, numerous and close-set
spiral and parallel rows of minute oval dots which are interwoven
and arranged like the links of a chain; some of these rows being
intermediate, and apparently squeezed or compressed, at the sides
become merely fine lines; the front edge or base of the mouth and
top of the outer lip are exquisitely fringed with sharpish points,
like short teeth of a comb; color clear white when the shell is ex-
tracted from the animal, afterwards becoming milk-white; spire
slightly prominent; whorls 3; the body whorl (as usual in this
genus) is disproportionately large and voluminous; the other two
are small with an indistinct and thickened nucleus; suture deep
and channelled ; mouth acute-angled above, and greatly expanded be-
low, with a squarish base; outer lip gently curved, folding inwards
on the upper part; the top of this lip is below the spire ; inner cor-
ner cloven or excavated, so as to cause a disjunction of the suture in
front and a partial separation of the body-whorl from the next ;
inner lip forming a rather thick and broad glaze. (Jeffr.).
Alt. 5-8 mill.
Iceland, Greenland and Norway south to the Buy of Biscay; Med-
iterranean Sea at Sicily, ete.; Whydah, W. Africa.
Bulla seabra Muuu., Zool. Danica, ii, p. 41, pl. 71, f. 10-12.—
Philine scabra Forses & HANntey, Hist. Brit. Moll., iii, p. 543, pl.
114e, f. 4,5; pl. VV, f. 1—Jerrreys, Brit. Conch., iv, p. 447; v,
pl. 96, f. 1.—Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 294, pl. 18, f. 13a—c.—
Scaphander scabra Sows. in Conch. Icon., f. 6.—S. seaber Smita, P.
Z.S., 1871, p. 738.—B. pectinata Dittwyn, Descr. Cat. Rec. Shells,
p- 481.—“ B. pectinata Muu.” of some authors, not of Miller !—
B. denticulata J. Apams, Trans. Linn. Soe., v, 1800, p. 1, pl. 1, f. 3,
PHILINE. te
4, 5.—Scaphander catenatus Leacu, Synops. Moll. G. B., p. 40.—
Bullea catena and B. catenulifera MacciILuivray, Hist. Moll. Anim.
Aberdeen, Kincardine and Banff, p. 68, (1843).—Bullea dilatata
SeaRLEs Woop, olim, see Crag Moll., i, p. 181, pl. 21, f. 12a—e—
? Bulla angustata Bivona, Phil., Enum., i, p. 121, pl. 7, f. 17¢.—? B.
punctata Putt., /. ¢. il, p. 95. (See under next species).—Scap hander
patulus Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., iv, p. 51.—Bullea granulosa
M. Sars, Beskriv. og Lagttagelser, p. 75, pl. 14, f. 86, (1835).
Some of the earlier names quoted above are more or less doubtful.
It is allied to P. catena, but readily distinguishable.
P. cATENA Montagu. PI. 5, figs. 23, 24, 25.
Shell oval, compressed and expanding outwards, of delicate but
not fragile texture, semitransparent and glossy ; sculpture, numerous
and close-set spiral rows of minute links, arranged in a chain-like
fashion, which vary in shape from roundish-oval to oblong, besides
occasional intermediate lines as in P. scabra; the edge of the mouth
(especially at its base and on the upper part of the outer lip) is
finely scalloped by the continuation of the spiral sculpture ; color
as in the last species ; spire extremely small, but prominent ; whorls
2-3, similar (except in size) to those in the last species ; suture nar-
row, deep and channelled; mouth equalling about three-fourths of
the circumference of the shell, broadly oval, contracted above by
the periphery, with a bluntly rounded (or almost truncated) base ;
outer lip flexuous, slightly indented or concave in the middle; the
top is level with the spire, the shell being placed mouth downwards ;
inner corner cloyen and producing the same partial disconnection
of the body-whorl as in the last species ; inner lip forming a broad
and thickened glaze. (Jeffr.).
Alt. 23 to 4 mill.; the larger forms from northward.
Lofoten, Norway and British Seas south to Gulf of Gascony and
Canary Is.; Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas; Jaminarian zone.
Coralline Crag; Post-pliocene of Calabria.
Bulla catena Monrt., Test. Brit., p.215, pl. 7, f. 7—Philine catena
Forses & Haney, Hist. Brit. Moll., ii, p. 545, pl. 1148, f. 6, 7;
pl. uv, f. 4—JeErrreys Brit. Conch., iv, p. 449; v, p. 224, pl. 96, f.
2.—Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 294, pl. 26, f. 6a-c—Bua.,
Daurz. & Douur., Moll. Rouss., i, p. 545, pl. 64, f. 21, 22.— Bullea
catina Brown, Illustr. Conch. G. B., p. 57, pl. 19, f. 33, 34.—Bul-
14 PHILINE.
lea angustata Bivona, Puiu., Enum. Moll. Sicil., i, p. 121, pl. vii, f
17 a, b, d.—Bullea punetata Put., 1. ¢. ii, p. 95 (not of Clarke).—
Bullea catenata THorrr, Brit. Mar. Conch., p. 138, pl. 7, f. 81, and
of Réquien and Petit.—? Bulla punctata J. ADAMs, Trans. Linn.
Soc., v, p. 2, pl. 1, f. 6-8, 1800.—? Bullea punctata Mouurr, Ind.
Moll.— Bullea sculpta SEARLES Woop, Crag Moll., i, p. 180, pl. 21,
f. 10a-e.
Var. zona Jeffreys. Rather more depressed, with a belt of clear
white in the middle, taking in from eight to ten of the chain-like
rows. Bigberry Bay near Plymouth, and Guernsey.
P. LovENI Malm. PI. 4, figs. 83, 84, 85.
Shell thin, semipellucid, oblong, rather narrow, wider below,
tapering toward the apex, the vertex narrowly truncate, hardly
oblique ; spire distinct ; whorls 3. Aperture expanded and obtusely
rounded below, much contracted above. Sculpture asin P. scabra;
lip edge smooth throughout, not dentate or serrate. Alt. 7 mill.
Radula as in P. scabra.
Norway.
Philine loveni Maio, Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 295, pl.
26; f.:5a—d.
P. FINMARCHICA M. Sars. PI. 5, figs. 14, 15, 16.
Shell thin and fragile, pellucid, of an oblong-ovate form, dilated
in the middle, the vertex obliquely truncate; spire minute, im-
pressed ; whorls 2; aperture ample, equably rounded at base and
rather expanded, contracted behind, the outer lip slightly concave
in the middle; above forming a narrow lobe scarcely produced
above the vertex; columella equally concave. Surface sculpt-
ured with extremely close simple undulating spiral striz, and less
close oblique growth-strie ; edge of lip smooth. Alt. 7 mill.
Lateral teeth rather large, with a finely serrulate crest inside; no
uncini; formula 1:01. (Sars).
Finmark.
P. finmarchica Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. p. 296, pl. 18, f. 10a-d.
P. osstansarsi Friele. Frontispiece, figs. 19, 20, 21, 22.
Form oval, the number of whorls 23-8 are visible on the spire
which is depressed and in line with the body-whorl; apex small and
PHILINE. 15
not raised; suture shallow round the top whorl, but deepens toward
the aperture, and terminates in a rather short and narrow slit;
ventral whorl is of a size equal to about half the aperture ; col-
umella much curved, mouth large, piriform, expanded and rounded
below, contracted above but not pointed ; lip very little sinuous, and
somewhat cuncave on the upper part; the inner lip forming a very
thin callus on the pillar. Shell thin and white ; sculpture consists of
numerous lines of growth and microscopical close-set transverse
lines. Alt. 9, diam. 6°5 mill.
Cold area, N. Atlantic, Norweg. N. Atl. Exp. 1876, station 18,
400 fms. and station 87, 488 fms.
Philine Ossian-Sarsi Frirte, Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenska-
berne, 1877, xxiii, 3, p.9,f.19 (shell), 19a, 6 (radula), 19c. (gizzard
plate) ; Jahrb. D. M. G. iv, 1877, p. 264.—P. ossiani Kose t, /. ec.
footnote.
Seems to be amore attenuated species than finmarchica or fragilis,
the species most nearly allied.
Fig. 22. The teeth (radula) has16 joints. Gizzardis armed with
three uncommonly large and stout plates, fig. 21, measuring no less
than 6mm. The living animal being 15 mm. long the gizzard
consequently measures two-fifths of its length and two-thirds of the
shell, (Friele).
P. FRAGILIS Sars. PI. 5, figs. 20, 21, 22.
Shell very thin and fragile, pellucid, slightly opaline: ovate,
rather ventricose, the base widely rounded, vertex truncated by
nearly a straight line; spire distinctly impressed ; whorls 3; aper-
ture very ample; outer lip flexuose, somewhat projecting toward
the vertex, the terminal lobe rather wide, truncated ; columella pro-
foundly concave; umbilical impression distinct, linear. Surface
sculptured with numerous growth-striz decussated by dense, un-
dulating spiral lines. Alt. 11 mill. Lateral teeth having a smooth,
not serrate, keel within; no uncini; formula 1:0°1.
Vadso, Norway in deep water.
P. fragilis Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 296, pl. 18, f. 11a-e.
P. cincuLaATA Sars. PI. 5, figs. 4, 5, 6.
Shell minute, but less fragile than ordinary, subopaque, quad-
rangular-ovate, nearly as wide as long, dilated in the middle; vertex
16 PHILINE.
obliquely truncate, the spire impressed, whorls 2. Aperture patul-
ous, roundly truncate at base, the outer lip nearly straight in the
middle, the posterior lobe projecting a little above the vertex ; col-
umella equally emarginate. Surface conspicuously spirally strio-
late, strix thick, opaque, formed of a series of many confluent im-
pressions; lip edge slightly crenulated. Alt. 2 mill. Lateral teeth
of radula having a distinctly serrate crest inside; no uncini; form-
ula 1:01. (Sars).
Lofoten, Norway, 120-200 fms.
Philine cingulata Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 297, pl. 26,
f. Ta-c.
The comparative solidity, strong sculpture and total lack of un-
cini are characteristic.
P. InFORTUNATA Pilsbry, n.n. PI. 5, figs. 12, 138.
Shell very thin and pellucid, glassy, rotundly-ovate, slightly
longer than wide, the base equably rounded; vertex obliquely
truncate, narrow; spire distinct, impressed. Whorls 2. Aperture
very large and spreading, the onter lip obliquely expanded, con-
tinued above the vertex and forming nearly a right angle there.
Columella deeply concave. Surface very smooth, rather shining,
lacking spiral striz, the growth-strie arcuate and very delicate.
Alt. 3 mill.
Lofoten, Norway,
Philine vitrea G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norvy., p. 298, pl. 26, f.
8a, 6. Not P. vitrea Gould, 1859.
Utriculopsis vitrea M. Sars, Nyt May. f. Naturvidens., 1870, xvii,
p. 177, pl. 11, f. 15-18 (animal only, exclusive of shell, which= Dia-
phana globosa, ef. Manual vol. xv, p. 286) ; Bidr. til Kundskab Chris-
tianiafjordens Fauna, ii, p. 65, pl. 11, f. 15 (mot f. 16-18,= Diaphana
globosa Lovén). Compare Broceer, Bidr. Krist. Moll. Fauna, p.
40; Zool. Ree. ix, p. 141.
The globose form, angularly produced upper lobe of the lip, and
lack of spiral strize, are characteristic. The synonymy is not wholly’
satisfactory, but as I have not the means of settling it, I have been
content to follow Sars’ view, which is that the elder Sars figured
under the name vitrea the animal of this species and the shell of
Diaphana globosa. His figures of the latter are copied for com-
parison on pl. 3, f. 44,45, 46. See preceding volume, p. 286.
PHILINE. 17
P. puncraTa Clark. PI. 4, fig. 69; pl. 9, fig. 9 ( Colpodaspis).
Shell oval, convex, but somewhat compressed in the middle, of
delicate texture, nearly transparent, and glossy; sculpture, ex-
tremely numerous and close set spiral rows of minute rings or im-
pressed circular dots, which are not united or chain-like, but appear
punctate ; edge of the mouth plain at its base and slightly scalloped
at the top of the outer lip; color as in all the foregoing species;
spire very small, but prominent ; whorls 2, similar to those of the
other species ; suture narrow, deep, and channelled; mouth regu-
larly oval, rounded at the base; outer lip flexuous, widely indented
or slightly concave in the middle; the top lies somewhat below the
spire; outer corner bluntly angulated, and projecting; inner corner
cloven and causing a disconnection of the outer whorl from the next ;
inner lip narrow, folding over the pillar, behind which is a depres-
sion or approach to an umbilicus. (Jeffr.).
Alt. 23, diam. 1:9 mill.
British Seas (Jeffr.); Floroen, ete., Norway (Sars); Algiers, 35
fms. (McAndrew); Suda Bay, Candia, Aegean Sea, 119 fms.
(Forbes); Cape 8. Vito and Palermo (Monts.).
Bullea punctata CLARK, Zool. Journ. ili, 339.—Philine punctata
Forses & Haney, Hist. Br. Moll. iii, p. 547, pl. 1148, f. 8,9; pl.
UU, f. 5.—Jerrreys, Brit. Conch. iv, p. 455; v, pl. 96, f. 5—Ap.
in Thes. Conch. p. 600, pl. 125, f. 161.—Sows., C. [con. f. 9—Bullea.
alata ForRBES Rep. A¢gean Invert., Rep. Brit. Asso. Adv. Sci. 1843,
~p. 187.—Colpodaspis pusilla M. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskab om
Christianiafjordens Fauna, ii, p. 70-74, pl. 11, f. 1-6.—G. O. Sars,
Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. pl. xii, f. 15 (dentition).
P. ANGULATA Jeffreys. PI. 3, figs. 41, 42.
Shell rhomboidal, depressed, fragile, transparent and glossy ;
sculpture, numerous rows of very fine spiral strize, composed of oval
and almost microscopic dots, and appearing punctate; the upper
part of the body-whorl is angulated or margined by a sharpish keel,
between which and the suture is a flattened space marked with 5 of
the spiral strie and sloping towards the spire; there is also a
tendency to angularity in other parts; edge of the mouth plain or
smooth; color clear white, becoming opaque in dead specimens
which have been picked out of shell-sand; occasionally one or two
transparent zones may be seen, as in the variety of P. catena; spire
extremely small, slightly prominent; whorls 2-3, conspicuous; the
2
18 PHILINE.
outer edge of each is keeled or ridged ; suture deep and channelled ;
mouth squarish, remarkably wide and large, nearly truncated at the
base; outer lip forming an obtuse angle at the junction of the front
and base ; the top is higher than the spire, and it projects outwards;
inner corner deeply and widely cloven, so as to make the disjunction
of the outer whorl! from the next very conspicuous; inner lip forming
a narrow but thick ledge or fold, behind which is a slight depres-
sion. (Jeffr.). Alt. 2°5, diam.1°9 mill.
Larne Co., Antrim, Hebrides and Shetland, 60-80 fms.; A ber-
deenshire.
Philine angulata JeErFR., Brit. Conch. iv, p. 451; v, pl. 96, f. 3.
—Sowp. in C. Icon. f. 12.
The keeled spire will serve to distinguish this from any other
species of Philine having conspicuous spire and chain-like sculpture.
P. nrT1pA Jeffreys. Pl. 4, figs. 81, 82; figs. 79, 80.
Shell oblong, convex, very thin and fragile, nearly transparent,
and of a polished luster; sculpture, none on the body-whorl; but
the spire has two keels or ridges, one at the outer edge of each whorl,
and the other in the middle, giving this part an angulated appear-
ance, color clear-white, becoming opaque in dead specimens; spire
flattened, placed somewhat obliquely; -it is quite exposed and
occupies the top of the shell; whorls 23, irregularly twisted, but dis-
tinct; suture deep and excavated; mouth oval, truncated above,
wide and rounded below, its area equals about two-thirds of the
under surface; outer lip expanded, squarish at the top, and gently
curved in the middle; it is level with the spire, viewed mouth
downward, and is below it, viewed mouth upwards; outer corner
angular and projecting; inner corner considerably receding and
acute-angled ; inner lip forming a broad glaze on the upper part,
and reflected on the pillar; there is no umbilical groove or de-
pression. (Jeffr.).
Alt. 1°8 mill.
Skye; Haroldswick Bay, Unst ; Ulfsfjord and Tromso, Norway.
Philine nitida JEFFR., Brit. Conch. iv, p. 456; v, pl. 96, fig. 7.—
Philine sinuata Stimps., Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 298, pl. 26,
f. 9a—c.
Jeffreys’ figures would hardly justify the union of his species with
that of Sars, but the description leaves little doubt of their identity.
PHILINE. 19
Compare P. sinuata Stimp. The keeled vertex, exposed spire and
lack of spiral striation are its more prominent features.
P. sInuATA Stimpson. Frontispiece, fig. 23.
Shell minute, ovate, white, pellucid, longitudinally striated ; spire
conspicuous; aperture dilated in front. Alt. 1°75, diam. 1:25 mill.
(Stimps.).
Broad Bay, Boston Harbor, 4-7 fms., sand.
Philine sinuata Strmp., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iii, p. 333 (1850) ;
Shells of New England p. 51, pl. 1, f. 7—GounLp-Biyney, Invert.
Mass. p. 213, fig. 502.
Evidently allied to P. nitida Jeffreys, but the crown is not acutely
keeled as in that form, and is narrower.
P. quADRATA S. Wood. PI. 5, figs. 17, 18 19; pl.3, fig. 43.
Shell squarish-oval, convex, contracted or compressed on the
upper part below the spire, and bluntly angulated in the middle; it
is not very thin, is semitransparent, and when fresh of a glistening
luster; sculpture, numerous rows of fine spiral strise, which are com-
posed of minute oval dots and appear punctate ; these strix are irreg-
ularly disposed, being in some parts more close together than in
others, and they here and there form intermediate and slight lines;
the upper part of the body-whorl is thickened and rounded, and the
middle is furnished with a blunt and slight spiral rib, which is usu-
ally visible also within the mouth; the top of the outer lip is deli-
cately scalloped; color white, crystalline when extracted from the
animal ; spire small, more or less sunken ; apex obscure ; whorls 2—
3 rounded ; theinner ones are minute; suture deep; mouth broadly
oval, contracted above by the periphery, and expanded below, with
the base obliquely curved and somewhat truncated; it occupies
about two-thirds of the underside of the shell; outer lip nearly
straight in front and forming an obtuse angle at the junction of that
part with the base ; the top is rather higher than the spire, and pro-
jects outwards; outer corner bluntly angular or rounded; inner
corner receding and acute-angled, but not exhibiting any further
disjunction of the outer whorl from the next; inner lip broad and
thick. (Jeffr.). Alt. 7-8 mill.
Northern British Seas ; Scandinavia; Greenland ; off New Eng-
land; Bay of Biscay (Jeffr.) ; off Fayal, 50-90 fms., and St. Miguel,
Azores, 100 fms. (Chall.); St. Helena, 50-80 fms. (Capt. Turton).
20 PHILINE.
Bullea quadrata Woop, Ann. N. H. (a. ser.) ili, p. 461, pl. 7, £1;
Crag Moll. i, p. 179, pl. 21, fig. 9—Philine quadrata Fores &
Han ey, Hist. Brit. Moll. iii, p. 541, pl, 1148, f. 2, 3—JErrreys,
Brit. Conch. iv, p. 452; v, p. 224, pl. 94, fig. 4; Ann. Mag. N. H. (5),
vi, p. 318.—Smiru, P. Z. S., 1890, p. 297.—P. quadrata var. grandis
Leche Kongl. Sw. Vet. Akad. Handl. xvi, p. 75, 1878.—Sars, Moll.
Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 299, pl. 18, f.9; pl. xii, f. 7—Sows., C. Icon.,
f. 13.—GouLp-Bryney, Invert. Mass. p. 213, f. 503—-Wartson,
Chall. Gastr. p. 672.—P. scutulum Loven, Ind. Moll. Scand., Ofvers.
Kongl. Vet-Akad. Forhandl. 1846, p. 9; Ab. in Thes. Conch., p.
601, pl. 125, f. 164—Sows. in Conch. Icon. f. 6.—P. formosa STIMP.,
Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. iii, p. 834; Shells of New England, p. 51.
Leche indicates a var. grandis, alt. 10, diam. 73 mill., from the
Kara Sea.
P. MONTEROSATO!I Jeffreys. PI. 4, fig. 65.
This shell resembles P. quadrata, but is more transparent, ordina-
rily larger, and has a system of sculpture of great beauty. Itisalso
distinguished by the aperture which is rounder, and by a visible
groove extending from summit to the median part of the shell.
(Monts.).
‘ Adventure’ Bank, Mediterranean, 92 fms. (Jeffr.) ; Palermo and
St. Vito (Monts.); Marseilles (Marion); Gulf of Gascony (Hiron-
delle).
P. monterosatoi Jeftr. MS., Monts., Not. Conch. Medit. p. 55;
Journ. de Conch. 1874, p. 281.—DAuTzENBERG, Mém. Zool. Soc.
France iv, 1891, p. 613, pl. 16, f. 3.
P. uma Brown. PI. 5, figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11.
Shell not fragile, rather solid, narrowly oblong, the base wider
and obtusely rounded, the vertex narrow; spire distinct, more or less
raised, sometimes almost mamillate. Whorls 3-4, separated by a
narrow suture; aperture narrowed above and remote from spire,
below a little dilated; outer lip slightly sinuous, appressed above,
hardly lobed; columellaa little concave. Surface sculptured with
spiral pairs of scalloped lines forming a chain, alternating with
other more appressed lines ; edge of the lip smooth. Alt. 7 mill. or
less. (Sars).
Ulfsfjord, north of Tromso, Norway; Cape Cod to Grand Manan;
Palermo ; (Monts.).
PHILINE. ill
Utriculus lima Brown, Ill. Conch. G. Brit., p. 58, pl. 19, f. 39,
40.—Philine lima Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Nory., p. 300, pl. 18, f.
12a-f— Bulla lineolata Coutu., Bost. Journ. N. H., ii, p. 179, pl. 3,
f.15, (1839) ; Amer. Jour. Sci., xxxvi, p. 389, (1839).—GLp., Invert
Mass., i, p. 169, f. 99.—DeKay, N. Y. Moll. p. 16, pl. 38, f. 334.—
Philine lineolata St1mp., New Engl. Shells, p. 51—Gup.—Biny.,
Invert. Mass., p. 214, f. 504.—Lecue, Kongl. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl.
1878, p. 76.
P. rLeExuosa M. Sars. PI. 4, figs. 86, 87, 88, 89.
Shell ovate, white, pellucid, thin, much contracted and slightly
sinuate above; growth stris very dense, spiral striz obsolete and
distant. Spire minute; whorls 6, impressed, slightly umbilicate.
Aperture widest in the middle, produced and rounded below, nar-
rowed above; outer lip arcuate, slightly pressed inward and sinuous
above, then produced, projecting a little way above the vertex, sep-
arated by a narrow sinus from the columellar margin. Columella
sinuate-arched, rimate, covered with a thin callus. Alt. 10, diam.
7 mill.
Aasgaardstrad, w. side Gulf of Christiania (Sars) ; Yucatan Strait,
640 fms. (Blake).
Philine flecuosa M. Sars, Nyt. Mag. f. naturvidens. xvii, p. 181,
pl. 11, f. 23-26; Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens
Fauna, pp. 69, 70, pl. 11, f. 23-26; Christ. vid. Selsk. Forh., 1858,
p- 85.—G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv. p. 303, pl. xii, f. 13
(dentition).—Datt, Bull. M. C. Z., xviii, p. 59.
P. VELUTINOIDES G.O. Sars. PI. 5, figs. 26, 27, 28.
Shell very thin and fragile, extremely pellucid, hyaline, of a
peculiar ovate triangular form, the length and breadth nearly equal,
narrowed and rounded towards the base, wider and truncated at
vertex ; spire distinct, obliquely impressed ; whorls 25, the first half-
globular, suture deep. Aperture spreading, the outer lip much ex-
panded and arched, upwardly projecting above the vertex in an
obtuse, rounded lobe; columella slightly concave, bearing a thin,
reflexed callus, spreading over part of the ventral surface and partly
covering the narrow umbilicus. Surface very smooth, shining,
without spiral striz, but with very delicate, arcuate growth-lines.
Alt. 2°7 mill. (Sars).
, Lofoten, Norway.
22 PHILINE.
Philine velutinoides Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norv., 1878, p. 302,
pl. 26, f. 10a—e.
The wideness of the upper part is peculiar and unusual, and lends
much probability to the view that Utriculus ventrosus Jeffr. (Dia-
phana ventricosa Jeftr., Vol. XV, p. 284) may be the same. In
that case, velutinoides will become a synonym of Jeffreys’ species.
P. povaris Aurivillius. Pl. 3, figs. 59, 40.
Shell very thin, fragile, pellucid, oblong-ovate ; whorls 3-4. Aper-
ture ample, expanded at base, contracted above, the outer lip more
appressed than in P finmarchica. Surface covered with spiral, very
delicate pairs of lines, scalloped chain-wise. Alt. 3, diam. 2°5-2
mill. Radula with the formula 2°1:0°1:2, laterals and uncini eden-
tulous, of equal length. (Auriv.).
N. of Siberia, lat. 73° 5’, E. long. 144° 20’, and 73° 28’, 164° 10’,
8-9 fms.
P. polaris Aurtv., Vega-Exped. Vetenskapliga Iaklagelser, iv,
pp. 371, 380, pl. 12, f. 21, 22 (shell) ; pl. 13, f. 18 (radula).
Shell has most similarity to P. finmarchica. but the radula is more
like that of P. quadrata except that the laterals apparently have
no serrate crest. A more proper grouping of the species geograph-
ically would bring it among the N. Pacific forms, but faunally the
Arctic Sea is allied more to the N. Atlantic.
P. MEMBRANACEA Monterosato.
I do not know that a description or figure of this form has been
published. The diagnoses of Mediterranean forms of Tectibranchs
and Polyplacophora in Carus’ Prodromus Faunz Medit. are such a
maze of blunders that the work is not worth quotation; but this
form is not mentioned therein.
Coast of Algeria 207 fms. (Jeffr.); Gulf of Naples (Acton) ;
Palermo 60-90 meters (Monts.).
P flecuosa Sars, Monts., Nuova Rivista, p. 48; Enum. e Sinon.,
p- 52. Not P. flexuosa M. Sars.—P. membranacea Monrts., Bull.
Soc. Mal. Ital., vi, p. 78.
P. srRiaTULA Jeffreys.
Resembles P. punctata Clark in size, but differs in the spire, sys-
tem of sculpture and the more dilated aperture. (Monts.).
PHILINE. 23
Aun. Mag. N. H. (5), vi, p. 318; Rep. Br. Asso., 1873, p. 114, as
Utriculus striatulus. See Nuova Rivista, p. 48, and Journ de Conch.
1874, p. 281.
Still undescribed, unless the preceding note by Monterosato be
called a description ; and originally mentioned as a Utriculus by in-
advertence. Reported thus far from off coast of Algeria 207 fms.
(Jeffr.), Palermo and St. Vito, 90-200 meters (Monts.), and Bay of
Biscay (Jeffr.).
P. virrEA Monterosato. Undescribed; unfigured.
Palermo, 90 meters.
Nuova Rivista, p. 48. A nude and preoccupied name.
P. rnFUNDIBULUM Dall. Unfigured.
In the multiplicity of species of Philine this one is best described
by a comparative diagnosis. The soft parts externally are whitish,
and resemble P. quadrata and P. finmarchica as figured by G. O.
Sars. It is nearest P. quadrata so far as shell characters go, and
belongs to the group of species which have the spire entirely im-
mersed and the posterior junction of the outer lip descending upon
it in asort of spiral. The shell is thin, pellucid, and finely closely
spirally striate. It differs from that of P. quadrata chiefly by its
larger size and the much smaller proportion wrapped in the body-
whorl. The soft parts though larger, are remarkably like those of
P. quadrata, but in that species the ventricular plates are wanting.
In the present species they are present and of large size, the large
(right) plate being lozenge-shaped, whitish and slightly concave on
the side of insertion, covered with a convex, polished nearly smooth
brown coating on the interior, which is generally worn away by
friction toward the center. The small plates are nearly the shape
of half the large one partly hollow and without granules. They
resemble on the whole, the plates of P. angulata Jeffreys as figured
- by Sars (loe cit., t XII, fig. 16d), but are larger, longer, and more
pointed at the extremities. The adult shell comprises about two
whorls, maximum length 12:0, max. breadth 9.0 mm. The large
plate measures about 4°0x8°0 mm. The axis of the shell is wound
in a wide pervious spiral, and the body-whorl viewed from below
extends about half way across the base from side to side, and two-
thirds the distance from the apex to the front edge. (Dall, Blake
Gastr., Bull. M. C. Z., xviii, p. 57, 1889).
24 PHILINE.
Of Bahia Honda, Cuba, in 220 fms.; near St. Kitts in 245 fms.,
sand ; off Gaudelupe in 175 fms., sand; off Dominica in 372 fms.,
sand ; off Dominica 138 fms., near Barbados in 118 to 209 fms.
Bottom temperatures ranging from 48° to 64° F.
This seems to be a rather common species from the frequency with
which it was taken. It differs entirely from P. sagra Orbigny, and
is wider and squarer than P. candeana Orb., in which, moreover,
the spire is represented as visible for two turns at the apex. (Dall).
P. pLanatTa Dall. Unfigured.
Shell resembling that of P. aperta Linné, but flatter, smaller,
more quadrangular, with a shorter and smaller body whorl, more
polished surface, and with an impressed spiral line near the apex
which extends to the margin, where it marks a slight sinus, behind
which the posterior margin is prolonged into a rounded prominent
point. The shell is brilliantly polished and smooth except for lines
of growth, but near the apex are a few microscopic faint spirals
invisible without a lens. The spire is wholly immersed and makes
in all about one and a half turns. The ventricular plates are
formed like those of P. infundibulum, and not like those of P. aperta.
The outer surface of the right plate has two longitudinal blackish
lines. The two small plates are somewhat more arched than in P.
infundibulum. The inner or triturating surface is similar in both.
The length of the largest shell observed is 11°5 and its breadth
9°0 mm.
The soft parts are in general much the same as in P. aperta, but
the cephalic lobe extends farther back and the foot is rounder, flat-
ter and less rolled up at the sides. As seen from below the body
whorl of the shell equals only about one-sixth of the total width.
Off Dominica in 138 fms. ; off Barbados in 140 to 209 fms., bottom
temperature 50° to 56° F.
The species is readily distinguished from any other of the group
by the posterior point, which, though smaller, recalls that of Cheli-
donura Adams. The soft parts, however, have no resemblance to
the very peculiar figure of Quoy and Gaimard. _P. amabilis Ver-
rill is much nearer P. aperta, from which, as far as the shell is con-
cerned, it chiefly differs by being a little narrower than the average
aperta. ‘The species are, however, quite variable in this respect.
(Dall. Blake Gastr., p. 58).
PHILINE. 25
P. saara d’Orbigny. PI. 4, figs. 61, 62, 63.
Shell oblong, thin, fragile, loosely spiral, depressed, wide and
truncate below, rather narrowed and truncate above; covered with
spiral lines of small oblong rings placed end to end, alternating
with a waved stria following the intervals of the rings, and giving
the appearance of a chain (fig. 62); spire embraced, not umbilica-
ted, but forming a projecting disk. Aperture very wide, the interior
of all the whorls visible therein; lip thin, crenulated. Uniform
white. Alt. 3, diam. 13 mill. (Orb.).
Martinique on the strand (Candé) ; St. Thomas (Riise) ; off Hat-
meteras lo fmes. (US; BF. C.):
Bulla sagra Ors. Moll. Cuba, i, p. 123, pl. 4, f. 5-8, (1841).—
Philine sagra Morcua., Mal. BL, xxii, p.175.—VerriL1, Tr. Conn.
Acad., vi, p. 467, pl, 45, f. 16, 16a.—Da.u, Cat. Mar. Moll. S.-E.
U.S., p. 88, pl. 41, f. 16, 16a.
P. amasiuis Verrill. Unfigured.
Shell very thin, diaphanous, delicate and shining with bright iri-
descence; very large for the genus, and very open, showing the in-
terior of the spire, broad oblong, with rounded ends; outer lip
evenly rounded posteriorly and scarcely projecting beyond the spire;
apex occupied by a shallow pit. Sculpture, conspicuous wavy lines
of growth and microscopic wavy spiral striae over the whole sur-
face. Length of shell 15, breadth 10 mill. Odontophore with a
large hook-shaped inner lateral tooth on each side, and a slender
spiniform outer one. Gizzard large, with three calcareous plates.
Station 876, several living specimens. (Verril/, Amer. Journ. Sci.
{3], xx, p. 398).
Off Martha’s Vineyard, in 120 fms.
P. cANDEANA @’Orbigny. PI. 4, figs. 70, 71, 72.
Shell uniform white, ovate, thin, fragile, much depressed, trans-
versely striate when viewed under a lens; spire very obtuse ; whorls
2; columella dilated within, acute; aperture very large, dilated
above and spreading. Alt. 12 mill.
Guadeloupe (Candé).
Bullea candeana Orx., Moll. Cuba, i, p. 119, pl. 4, f. 1-4.—Phi-
line candeana Morcu, Mal. BI., xxii, p. 175.
26 PHILINE.
Section Laona A. Adams.
Laona Av., Anu. Mag. N. H. (3), xv, p. 324 (April, 1865).
P. zonata A. Adams. Unfigured.
Shell dull white, ornamented with two wide transverse red-brown
bands ; latticed with close, delicate, crenulated longitudinal lamel-
lee and concentric strive. (Ad.).
Osima and Yobuko, Japan (Ad.).
Laona zonata A. Ap., Ann. Mag. N. H. (8), xv, p. 324, (April,
1865).
This species is type of the group Laona, reckoned to be of generic
rank by Adams, and thus defined :—
“Shell semiovate, thin, rimate, roughened by lamellose growth
striz ; spire concealed ; last whorl large and rounded ; aperture
ainple, oblique; roundly-oval ; lip receding, arcuate ; inner lip sim-
ple. The British Bulla pruinosa belongs to the same group, which
offers the peculiarity of a decussate surface. The form of the shell
is also so different from that of any other division of Bullide that I
consider it desirable to point out the significance of these shells by
giving them a distinctive name. The animal is unknown.”
P. pruinosa Clark. PI. 4, figs. 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78.
Shell oval, tumid, but compressed or pinched in below the apex,
more solid than any of its congeners, nearly opaque, glossy in the
young only; sculpture, numerous strong and irregular longitudinal
wrinkly strize (fringed at their edges) and finer spiral strive, which
by intercrossing give the surface a reticulated and frosty aspect, or
that af lace work ; the reticulation is less distinct in full grown spe-
cimens; the very young have spiral rows of circular dots as in P.
punctata ; edges of the mouth plain; color white, with frequently
a broad tawny band round the middle and a tinge of the same hue
on the upper part; these markings are rather evanescent, and ap-
pear to be superficial; spire very small, sunk below the apex or
crown, which is considerably thickened; whorls 24. irregularly
twisted and indistinct; suture deep and excavated; mouth oval,
contracted above by the periphery and inflexion of the outer lip;
curved below; it occupies about two-thirds of the under surface;
outer lip flexuous, widely indented in the middle, and bending in-
wards above ; edge often thick ; the top slightly exceeds the crown
PHILINE. ii
in height ; outer corner rounded; inner corner receding and acute
angled; inner lip broad and rather thick on the upper part, occa-
sionally forming in the middle a tooth-like process or fold (in one
specimen converted into a cluster of minute pearls), behind which
is a distinct umbilical groove or depression. (Jeffr.).
Alt. 6 mill.
Northern British Seas; Norway.
Bulla pruinosa CuaRK, Zool. Journ., iii, p. 339.— Philine pruinosa
Forbes & Hanley, Hist. Brit. Moll., iii, p. 549, pl. 114, f. 1, 2.—
JEFFREYS, Brit. Conch., iv, p. 454; v, pl. 96, fig. 6—Sars, Moll.
‘Reg. Arct. Norv., p. 301, pl. 18, f. 8a, b, e—B. (Philine) pruinosa
Ap., in Thes., p. 600, pl. 125, f. 162.—P. pruinosa Sows., in C. Icon.
f. 10.—Laona pruinosa Ap., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), xv, p. 324.—
Philine granulosa M. Sars, teste G. O. Sars.
The latticed sculpture distinguishes this species from others of the
N. Atlantic.
Var. dilatata Jeffreys. Nearly smooth, more expanded and some-
what angular at the sides, and abruptly attenuated towards the
crown. Alt. °75, diam. ‘05 inch. (Jeffr.).
Section JOHANIA Monterosato.
Johania Monts., Nomenclature Generica e Specifica di alcune
Conchiglie Mediterranee, p. 147, type B. retifera Forbes=B. vestita
Phil. (1884).
P. vestita Philippi. PI. 4, figs. 66, 67, 68.
Shell oblong, loosely convoluted, tapering towards the spire;
lacking transverse strisee; brown, covered with a white net-work ;
spire truncated, umbilicate. Alt. 10, diam. 6 mill. (Phil.).
Palermo and St. Vito (Monts.) ; dgean Sea (Forbes).
Bulla vestita Paiu., Enum. Moll. Sicil., ii, p. 95, pl. 20, f. 4,
(1844).— Bulla (Scaphander) vestita A. Ap. in Thes. Conch., p. 574,
pl. 121, f. 48.—S. vestita Sows. C. Icon., f. 7.— Bulla retifer ForBEs,
Rep. Ag. Invert., in Rep. Brit. Asso. Adv. Sci. for 1843, p. 187,
(1844).—Philine retifera Monts., Journ. de Conch., 1874, p. 281.
Peculiar in its netted ornamentation. The name given by Phil-
ippi was accompanied by figures. The preface of the Enumeratio
Molluscorum Sicilie bears date ‘ August, 1843,” while the title page
28 COLPODASPIS.
is dated 1844, so that the volume was probably issued early in the
latter year. Forbes’ very brief diagnosis has never been illustrated,
and was presented at the August meeting of the British Associa-
tion, the Report of which bears date of 1844 on the title page.
While the absolute priority of Philippi’s name cannot, perhaps, be
proven, it is at least probable; and the mere fact that his type was
well illustrated in a standard work on malacology should give his
name the preference. The animal is unknown. Monterosato sur-
mises that it may not be an internal shell, on account of the
peculiar nature of the outer layer.
Genus? COLPODASPIS M. Sars, 1870.
Coipodaspis Sars, Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens
Fauna, IJ, p. 74.—Garsrane, P. Z. 5. 1894, p. 664 (1895).
“Shell internal or wholly covered by the mantle, bulloid, thin,
subglobose-ovate, spire a little projecting, depressed, apex truncate,
nucleus simple, not mamillar” (Sars). For characters of softs parts
see below.
The genus was founded upon a small mollusk of problematic
relationship, which Fischer has suggested may be a young Philine,
which disposition of it was followed on preceding pages (2, 17) of
this work. Garstang’s work upon a specimen recently captured by
him shows it to possess features notably different from Philine, and
indeed from any Cephalaspidia; and his paper has, therefore, been
incorporated herein.
C. pusILLA Sars. PI. 21, figs. 1-5; pl. 9, fig. 9.
Shell rimate, very thin, but rigid, hyaline, becoming whitish when
dried, subglobose or ovate, smooth; whorls 3, the last one large;
spire very short and obtuse; aperture large, oval or subpyriform ;
lip acute, arched, not impressed, produced and rounded in front;
columella nearly straight, about half as long as the shell.
Alt. 1%, diam. 1 mill.
Drébak, Norway, 70-80 fms. (M. Sars, Aug., 1864); 20 fms.
(Sars, June, 1865); Horten, 14-20 fms. (G. O. Sars); near Ply-
mouth, England, 15 fms. (Garstang, Feb., 1894).
Mr. Garstang’s description is as follows:
This Plymouth individual was one-eighth of an inch (3°125 mm.)
in length. In color it was snow-white, speckled with opaque white
spots. When the animal/was inverted, a position which it frequently
COLPODASPIS. 29
assumed in captivity in order to creep, after the maaner of so many
Nudibranchs, along the surface-film, a large glandular mass of an
orange color could been seen through the skin in the anterior part
of the posterior prolongation of the mantle, where this organ lay be-
neath the foot. This glandular mass of an orange color in all prob-
ability represents the “ rounded brownish-yellow mass ” observed by
Sars in a similar position and termed by him the liver. The ante-
rior edges of the foot, the dorsal and posterior edges of the tentacles,
and parts of the ventro-lateral region of the mantle were ciliated.
The animal consists of a foot, a small tentaculated head, an elev-
_ated globose body, and a posterior tail-like pallial appendage.
The Foot.—Sars states that the foot is well developed and of
about the same length as the mantle; that in front it is as broad as
the mantle, but becomes considerably narrower behind, and termin-
ates in an obtusely rounded extremity. He further states that its
anterior edge is divided in the middle by a deep incision into a pair
of lappets with rounded extremities. These statements are perfectly
borne out by his figures (pl. xi, figs. 1, 4); but comparison with
those supplied by myself shows that asomewhat different interpreta-
tion must be made of the anterior parts of the foot. The two lappets,
which in Sars’ figures are shown to be directed forwards, are not
really, as he maintains, the divaricated halves of the anterior part
of the foot, but are rather to be regarded as a pair of expansions of
the antero-lateral margins of the foot, analogous to the anterior
horns of the foot in many Aeolids, but differing from the latter in
their greater size and obtuse extremities (Pl. 21, fig. 2). Sars’
figures also indicate that they are capable of being directed forwards ;
but I never observed them in this position myself, and must regard
the condition represented in my figures as more normal than the
former. These antero-lateral processes are so considerable that, in
view of the affinities indicated by other organs of Colpodaspis, I am
strongly inclined to regard them as homologous with those pleuro-
podial expansions so frequently met with among Opisthobranchiate
mollusks. This view receives strong support from the fact that in
Haminea hydatis of the Mediterranean (which appears to be a differ-
ent species from the hydatis of British naturalists) the pleuropodia,
according to Roulé, are scarcely developed except on the sides of
the anterior region of the body. Here to judge from Roulé’s figure
they form elongated obtuse flattened expansions of the foot remark-
ably like those of Colpodaspis, differing only in their greater size
and in the power of retro-flexion over the back of the body.
30 COLPODASPIS.
The foot, upon this interpretation, must accordingly be described
as T-square shaped, with gracefully arched anterior wings and
rounded extremities, and of about the same length as the shell-bear-
ing portion of the mantle. The median furrow of its plantar surface
is shown in my drawing (fig. 2) to have the same extent as in Sars’
specimens.
The Head.—The grooved tentacles in my opinion correspond with
Sars’ description, except that no mention is made in the latter of a
low curved ridge which can be seen in my figure 1 crossing the ante-
rior part of the head from side to side and connecting the postero-
dorsal edges of the two tentacles with one another. The eyes also
are much closer together in the Plymouth individual than they are
represented to be in Sars’ figures; and the statement of the latter
that they are situated “close behind and within the base of the
tentacles’? cannot be said to be applicablein the present case. Ido
not, however, think that any great importance should be attached
to those slight discrepancies.
When Oolpodaspis pusilla is creeping upon a flat surface, the
antero-lateral horns of the foot are just perceptibly in advance of
the tentacles (fig. 1); but when the creature is swimming inverted
at the surface of the water the tentacles are then seen to be consider-
ably in front of the horns of the foot (fig. 2).
The Body.—I have no addition to make to Sars’ account of the
body proper, except that in the Plymouth specimen the edges of the
pallial siphon were more closely opposed than seems to have been
the case with Sars’ individuals. .
Pallial appendage-—W hen the animal is creeping upon the bottom
of a vessel, a broad flattened tail-like appendage projects behind the
mantle and seems at first sight to be the posterior section of the
foot. Examination of the animal from the ventral aspect, how-
evers, reveals that this appendage is in reality a posterior prolonga-
tion of the hinder margin of the mantle to the morphological left of
the pallial siphon (fig. 2).
In Philine catena also, according to Roulé, the mantle terminates
posteriorly in a convex margin, a little below which are two fleshy
prolongations, “which can be mistaken for the posterior border of
the foot when the animal is contracted.” His figures unfortunately
do not show this point at all well (pl. i, fig. 25), and Forbes and
Hanley’s figure, though clearer, does not seem to represent the
anatomical relations correctly (1. e., pl. UU, fig. 4.)
COLPODASPIS. 31
In Philine aperta the plantar surface also consists both of foot and
mantle; but this part of the mantle does not correspond with the
pallial appendage of Colpodaspis, as it contains the viscera and shell.
If it be examined, however, from the ventral aspect, the pallial
siphon is seen on the left hand, as in Colpodaspis (fig. 2), and to the
right of the siphon, the mantle is seen to be prolonged into a short
free membranous border, which overhangs the siphonal groove and
even extends slightly behind it. The relations of this slight expan-
sion are such that I think it may be regarded as the rudimentary,
or probably vestigial, representative of the pallial appendage of Co/-
podaspis.
' Radula.—This organ was not described in Sars’ original paper,
but a figure of it was given (without description) in a later work by
G. O. Sars (see pl. 9, fig. 9). There is a single admedian series of
sickle-shaped denticles on either side, and two series of slender later-
als, the formula thus being 2°1°0:1:2._ I was unable to lay open the
contracted radula of my specimen, owing to its excessive minute-
ness; but I determined that the rows in the radula were from 25 to
30, and isolated individual denticles and half-rows by teasing with
needle. Some of these are drawn as figure 3 of my Plate. The
admedian denticles of this radula differ from those figured by Sars
in presenting a sharp distinction between their terminal and prox-
imal parts. The handle of the sickle shows an angular projection
from its inner or concave edge, like the corresponding denticle in
Colobocephalus costellatus as figured on plate 9, fig.8. The lateral
denticles also furnish an additional point of resemblance be-
tween the radule of these two types in that their points are slightly
bent in a plane at right angles to that of their general surface, so
that, when the denticles are mounted flat upon a slide, their points
are directed upwards towards the observer.
Shell.—Sars has described the shell so accurately that I have noth-
ing to add to his description ; but my figures being on a larger scale,
represent its form and wonderful delicacy rather better.
Summary.—On the whole, I think this Plymouth specimen pre-
sents features which indicate a slight advance on the organization of
those described and figured by Sars. I may mention its greater size
(3:125 mm. as compared with 2°5 mm.), the greater differentation
of the tentacles, pallial siphon, and admedian denticles, and perhaps
some increased extension of the free margin of the shell.
Affinities—Sars was not quite certain whether Colpodaspis be-
longed to the Opisthobranchia at all, and was much impressed by
32 COLPODASPIS.
the fact that the foot is attached to the body by a somewhat narrow
stalk—a feature which it shares with most Prosobranchs. Gwyn
Jeffreys even informed him that he was inclined to consider
Colpodaspis as the young of Cypraa europea—a view which now,
at any rate, can no longer be entertained.
In spite of our ignorance of the anatomy of Colpodaspis we may,
however, as a result of the above observations, be certain that
Colpodaspis is a true Opisthobranch. It resembles various Cephal-
aspidea in the pleuropodial expansions of its foot (cf. Haminea), in
the posterior appendage of the mantle (Haminea, Philine), in its
inflated shell (Haminea, Utriculus), and in its radula (Philine). On
the other hand it resembles the Notaspidea, and differs from the
above types of Cephalaspidea, in the great extent of the mantle and
in the form of the head and tentacles. In the latter point it again
resembles the Anaspidea, for in the young Aplysia, as I have often
observed, there is only one pair of tentacles (the anterior one) for a
considerable period, and these are grooved just as in Celpodaspis
and Pleurobranchus. These various points of resemblance are all
explicable if we regard Colpodaspis as a very primitive type of
Tectibranchiate mollusk, belonging indeed to the Cephalaspidea, but
retaining in an unspecialized condition an unusual number of those
primitive characters which the common ancestors of the Cephalas-
pidea and Notaspidea alike possessed. It supplies an indubitable con-
necting-link between these two great subdivisions of the ‘Tecti-
branchia; but it belongs to the group Cephalaspidea, in spite of the
inappropriateness of the name, owing to its acquisition of pleuropodial
expansions and a_ posterior pallial appendage—two associated
features which are especially characteristic of this group.
The question still remains open whether or not the creature de-
scribed by Sars and myself has assumed its adult features. Fischer
has suggested that Colobocephalus costellatus and Colpodaspis pusilla
are possibly only young stages of Philine or of neighboring genera
of Tectibranchs, owing to the radula in these two types resembling
very closely the radula of certain species of Philina (velutinoides,
lima, angulata). This theory, however, is in my opinion, altogether
untenable in the case of Colobocephalus, which, beyond the radula,
presents no particularly cephalaspidean, or even Opisthobranchiate,
features. The probability, on the other hand, that the Philinidze
have been derived phylogenetically from a Colpodaspis-like ancestor
is sufficiently great to render Fischer’s view in this case worthy of
COLOBOCEPHALUS. 33
consideration. The white color of the body and the early enclosure
of the shell by the mantle support this view; but the fact that all
the specimens so far taken, which have been captured at such differ-
ent times of the year as June, August, and February, have been
practically identical in structure, and have shown no special approach
towards the adult organization of Philine, seems to me to render the
view improbable. ‘The possession of a similar raduia by so different
a creature as Colobocephalus rather minimizes than supports the
view which Fischer has expressed.
Fig. 1, Colpodaspis pusilla, from Plymouth. Dorsal view of the
animal creeping upon a flat surface; enlarged. F. Foot; M.
Mantle enclosing shell; P. Pallial appendage; S. Pallial siphon.
Fig. 2, Ventral view of same, as creeping inverted on the surface-
film. Pl]. Pleuropodial expansion; T. Tentacles.
Fig. 5, Half row of radula-denticles.
Figs. 4, 5, The shell, much enlarged.
Genus? COLOBOCEPHALUS Sars, 1870.
Colobocephalus M. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskab om Christiania-
fjordens Fauna, II, p. 56.
Shell subauriform, very thin, submembranous, with inconspicuous
epidermis or none; spire small, the suture deep; aperture very
large ; ends of peristome disunited ; columella flexuous; no oper-
culum.
Animal not completely retractile into the shell; head with vertical
revolute tentacular processes; no tentacles; eyes sessile on neck ;
foot with anterior-lateral processes, the sole large and oblong, trun-
cated behind, having a median lengthwise furrow ; mantle not re-
flexed over the shell. Radula as in Philine.
A form of problematic relationships, which Fischer surmises may
be the young of Philine.
C. cosTELLATUS M. Sars. PI. 21, figs. 6-12 ; pl. 9, fig. 8.
Shell pellucid, colorless, somewhat rigid (when dried ashy-whit-
ish, subpellucid, shining), subglobose, wider than high; whorls 3,
the last large, ornamented with low, narrow, longitudinal, somewhat
sigmoid riblets. _ Spire very short and obtuse. Aperture longitu-
dinal, ovate; columellar lamina very thin, revolute over the wholly
covered umbilicus, then visibly narrowed, produced, and continued
3
34 CHELIDONURA.
in the outer lip which is acute, very thin, arcuate and in the middle
subimpressed ; posteriorly it is produced in a rounded lobe, separ-
ated from the body of the shell by a profound sinus.
Alt. 2, diam. 2% mill.
Drobak, 70-80 fms.; Vallé 200-250 fms.
Colobocephalus costellatus M. Sars, /. ¢., pl. 11, f. 7-14.
Fig. 6, animal from above, magnified 10 diameters, showing head-
processes, anterior lobes of foot (pleuropodia), and truncate tail.
Fig. 7, animal from below. Fig. 8, lateral view. Figs. 9-11, the
shell. Pl. 9, fig. 8, half row of radula denticles.
Genus CHELIDONURA A. Adams, 1850.
Chelidonura Av., Thes. Conch., ii, pp. 561, 601.—Chelinodura
FiscHeR, Manual de Conchyl., p. 564.— Hirundella Gray, Figures
of Molluscous Anim. iv, p. 95, type “ H. hirundinaria” (1850);
Guide Syst. Dist. Moll. B. M., p. 193.
Shell concealed in the mantle, small, ear-shaped, thin and fragile,
subspiral, composed of one whorl; aperture very large, rounded be-
low, the outer lip produced far above the vertex in a long, acute,
curved process.
Animal elongated, the front margin of the head-disk armed with
bristle-like sense-organs, its posterior lying over the back in a long
tongue-like lobe. Mantle produced behind in two tail-like pro-
cesses; foot truncate and subauriculate in front, rounded behind,
the mantle-appendages projecting behind it ; parapodial lobes long,
curving over the head-shield and back. Dentition unknown. Type
C. hirundinina Q. & G.
This genus differs from Philine in the more reduced shell, the
peculiar sense-organs of the head, the long posterior mantle-processes
and brilliant coloration of the animal. The species are from Mau-
ritius and east Australia.
C. HIRUNDININA Quoy & Gaimard. Frontispiece, figs. 15, 10;
Pl. 2, figs. 25, 26, 31-35.
Shell small, fragile, entirely open; white; right margin flat,
winged, acute posteriorly.
This singular Bulla is an inch long. The head presents three
little bunches of short bristles in front. The posterior append-
age, bifurcate in the other species, has no lobes, but ends in a
simple lanceolate tongue, extending over the back. A transverse
CHELIDONURA. 385
groove separates the posterior part of the body, which terminates
in two long filaments resembling the tail of a swallow. Mantle
[parapodial lobes] reflexed on each side, embracing head and body.
Color so dark that the eyes are not visible. The shell, contained in
the thickness of the mantle, is very small, thin, very open, slightly
spiral. Gill placed far back on the right side, forming the are of a
circle, with its ramifications on the convex side. Ground-color very
deep blue; top of the head, back, median line of posterior tails and
mantle-edge have a line of greenish-blue or emerald. One individ-
ual out of forty has a whitish cross on the back, and all the blue
lines are edged with a line of gold.
Isle of France, (Mauritius) ; Fouquets, at low water.
Bulla hirundinina Q. & G., Zool. de l’Astrol. p. 367, pl. 26, f. 20-
25.—B. (Chelidonura) hirundinina A. Ap., in Thes., ii, p. 601, pl.
125, f. 167, 168.—Chelidonura hirundinina Martens in Mobius’
Reise nach Mauritius, p. 305, pl. 21, f.5,6— Hirundella hirundina-
ria GRAY, Figs. Moll. Anim., p. 95.
The specimens collected and drawn by Prof. Mébius are described
as follows (pl. 2, figs. 31-35) :
When creeping 25 mill. long. Head with three low lobes, the
middle one lower than the others, behind prolonged in a tongue-
shaped lobe which lies over the back as far as the region of the
heart. The posterior segment of the body is higher and broader
than the head. It extends in two acute, laterally compressed ap-
pendages, which are outwardly convex, inwardly concave ; the left
appendage is larger than the right. The foot has lateral lobes
which extend up over the back to the median line or lap over a lit-
tle. One specimen (fig. 31) was brownish-black ; the head brownish-
red above, with an encircling red marginal line. On the back were
two long, brown tracts, bounded by red lines. The posterior body
also has a brown middle tract bounded by red, extending in two
points upon the terminal appendages, and two lateral tracts. Along
the red lines run blue-green lines. On the head there is a triangu-
lar yellow-white spot with fine black dots. A smaller lunate spot
of the same color is on the hind end of the tongue-like head-lobe,
and behind this a similar, larger spot on the back. Below and in
front of the latter the heart was seen to pulsate.
A second specimen (fig. 32) was bluish-black with yellow spots,
more numerous on the back than on the ventral side; the reflexed
foot-margins on the back haying a narrow clear green edge.
36 CHELIDONURA, CRYPTOPHTHALMUS.
The snail crawls slowly, the posterior appendages usually being
dragged straight out behind. On the front of the head on each lateral
lobe and the neighboring sinuses stood numerous peculiar sense
organs, appearing under the lens like bunches of bristles. They
consist of flexible conical tubes (fig. 34, x 25, and figs. 33, 38,
x 300) on the blunt distal ends of which is a bunch of many fine
hairs. The free end of the tubes can be drawn in. Under the
base of the bunch of hairs is an egg-shaped ganglicn (fig. 35) in
which a nerve ends. The free end of the tube is exserted appar-
ently by its circular muscles, or perhaps by ingress of blood.
C. apamsi Angas. Vol. XV, pl. 59, fig. 14.
Head furnished in front with a short silky fringe; mantle ter-
minating behind in two long bifurcate filaments, foot elevated on
each side, embracing the head and mantle, rounded both in front
and behind; color velvet-black, with a white crescent on the
hinder part of the mantle; the head and the outer edge of the foot
are bordered with a line of brilliant blue; a line of the same color,
bifurcated in front, extends down the back, and the posterior fila-
ments are ornamented in the middle with a similar line; parallel
with these blue lines, and at a short distance from them, are lines
of a gold color; and spots of the same appear above the white cres-
cent on the back, and at the bifurcation of the posterior filaments.
Shell internal, very small, thin, flat, with the right border termina-
ting ina point. Length 2 inches. (Ang.).
Rock-pool at low water at Vancluse Bay, Port Jackson.
©. adamsi Anc., P. Z. S., 1867, pp. 116, 227, pl. 13, f. 32.
This species may be identical with the individual alluded to by
Quoy as having been met with at the Mauritius among numerous
specimens of his Bulla hirundinina, but which was not described by
him. I have named it in honor of my friend, Mr. Arthur Adams,
the founder of the genus Chelidonura. (Angas).
Genus CRYPTOPHTHALMUS Ehrenberg, 1831.
Cryptophthalmus EHRENB. Symb. Phys. Evert.
Shell internal, minute, white, fragile, the left margin incurved in
the middle, but not enrolled; body whorl expanded, produced in a
pointed process above.
Body elongated ; head shield small, truncate in front, bilobed be-
hind, bearing minute, sessile eyes on its anterior surface; foot as
CRYPTOPHTHALMUS. 37
long as the body, its sides produced in large parapodial lobes which
fold over the back. Gill small, projecting backward from under
the shell on the right. Male orifice near the foot edge on the right
side in front. Female orifice in front of the gill, below the tubu-
lar anal opening. Dentition unknown. Type, C. smaragdinus
Leuckart.
C. sMARAGDINUS Leuckart. PI. 6, figs. 29-36.
The animal is beautiful emerald green mingled with light green
marking. The shell is 8 mill. long, covering the gills, and covered
by a delicate mantle-layer. It is fragile, thin, translucent, white.
The side margins are only slightly curved toward each other, with-
out whorls or columella. The two broad, thick, free laterai para-
podial lobes may be reflexed over the back, entirely closing over
the gill. The free end of the gill, similar to that of Aplysia, may
project behind the shell. Tentacles wanting. Head shield distinct,
raised, two-lobed behind. In front, above the mouth, there is on
each side a small eye, not visible in the specimens preserved in
spirit. The body on each side of the head shield and within the
parapodial lobes, has a ‘series of short oblique folds. Ventral sur-
face more or less convex. Genital openings and anus as in Aplysia.
Length of body two inches. In alcohol they measure one inch.
Red Sea at Tor and Suez; Mauritius; Reunion.
Bulla smaragdina Rurprey & LeucKkart, Neue wirbellose
Thiere des Rothen Meeres (in Atlas zu der Reise im nordlichen Af- —
rika von Eduard Rtippell, Erste Abtheil. Zoologie), p. 26, pl. 11, f.
2 a-d (1828).—Cryptophthalmus olivaceus EHRENBERG, Symbols
Physics, seu Icones et Descriptiones Animalium Evertebratorum,
ete., Decas prima, Mollusca, pl. 1, f. Il A.G.—B. ( Crypt.) olivacea
A. Ap. in Thes. ii, p. 598, pl. 121, f. 56.—Cryptophthalmus smarag-
dinus MARTENS, in Mobius’ Reise nach Mauritius, p. 3065.
When contracted, the animal assumes a globular shape (pl. 6,
fig. 31, anterior view; fig 30, dorsal view). In fig. 56, the lateral
lobes are separated.
The nameless species mentioned by von Martens as being near
the genus Cryptophthalmus, in Beitrige zur Meeresfauna der Insul
Mauritius u. der Seychellen, p. 348, pl. 21, f. 7, is a Haminea.
C. cYLINDRIcUs Pease. PI. 2, figs. 36, 37, 38.
Shell unknown. Animal elongate, cylindrical, smooth, sides
nearly parallel. Cephalic disk short, about one-fourth the entire
38 CRYPTOPHTHALMUS.
length of the animal, depressed, subcordate, triangular, convexly
truncate in front, posteriorly separated by a fissure into two lobes,
eyes deeply immersed in the cephalic disk, inconspicuous from
above, their position being indicated by small pale spots, they can
be distinctly seen by turning up the sides of the disk. The lateral
lobes closely envelope the body, extending from the head to the ex-
cretory tube, the left one overlapping the right; excretory tube at
the posterior end of the body, short convolute. There is no groove
between the lateral lobes and the locomotive disk. Color dusky
olive, margins of the cephalic disk paler than centrally, and foot
paler than above. When disturbed, the animal contracts itself as-
suming a spherical form. Its motions are languid. Station on sea-
weed in shallow water. (Pse.).
Tahiti, on seaweed.
Crypt. eylindricus Psx., P. Z. S. 1861, p. 245; Amer. Journ.
Conch. iv, p. 74, pl. 7, fig. 7.
Section PHANEROPHTHALMus Adams, 1850.
Phanerophthalmus A. Av., Thes. Conch. ii, pp. 559, 599.—Xan-
thonella Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim. iv, p. 95 (1850).
Shell small, white, wholly buried in the mantle; entirely open,
the spire indicated by an incurved hook on the middle of the left
margin ; lip prolonged in a point above.
Animal large, elongated, with foot as long as the body. Cephalic
disk short, bearing distinct sessile eyes, bilobed behind ; parapodial
processes large, reflexed and meeting over the back. Male orifice
anterior, female posterior.
The parapodial lobes are rather smaller than in Cryptophthalmus,
and the eyes more posterior.
C. LuTEUS Quoy & Gaimard. PI. 2, figs. 27, 28, 29, 30.
Shell small, fragile, white, oval, open, not spiral; right margin
sinuous and acute.
Body much elongated, rounded; head shield emarginate in front,
rounded at the sides, with two short posterior lobes; foot widened
in front, then constricted, rounded behind; parapodial lobes long,
curved over the back where they meet in a sinuous groove and a
small hiatus behind. Eyes small, black, widely separated. Gill
posterior, to the right, not visible externally. A groove joining
the genital openings is on the same side. Shell contained within
GASTROPTERON. 39
the back above the gill; it is very small, white; oval, entirely open,
without trace of a spire except the hook on the left margin. The
lip is prolonged in a curved point above. It is entirely sulphur yel-
len. Copulation always reciprocal. Length (of shell) 6, diam. 4
mill.
Port Dorey, New Guinea, on Zostera, at low water mark.
Bulla lutea Q. & G., Voy. de l’Astrol. ii, p. 369, pl. 26, f. 40-44.
Family GASTROPTERIDZ&.
Shell wholly covered, consisting of a minute nautiloid, calcareous
spire and a large open last whorl of very delicate membrane or
cuticle.
Body elongated, the fore part bearing a head shield, hind part
nude, short, sack-shaped, the mantle edge conspicuous along the
right side. Foot long, its borders produced in extremely wide lat-
eral wings or pleuropodia. Stomach without plates; penis sack not
grooved, and with a long prostate.
Radula with the formula 5:1:0°1°5, the teeth as in Philine.
This family is characterized by the enormous size of the lateral
extensions of the fuot, which are used as swimming organs, instead
of being folded over the back as they are in the preceding groups.
The shell, moreover, is non-calcified, excessively thin and membra-
nous except the minute spire which is white, calcareous and invo-
lute. It will be remembered that the young of some other shield |
headed Tectibranchs use the parapodia for swimming.
Genus GASTROPTERON Kosse, 1813.
Gastropteron J. F. J. Kosse, De Pteropodum ordine et novo ipsius
Genera, p. 10 (1813).—VaysstERF, Rech. Zool. et Anat. sur les
Moll. Opistobranch. du Golfe de Marseille, i, p. 39.—Brreu, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 201.—FiscuEr, Journ. de Conchyl.,
1890, p. 349.—Gasteropteron of some authors.—Gasteroptera
Buarnvy., 1825.—Parthenopia OKEN, Lehrbuch der Zoologie, 1815,
i, p. 830.—Sarcopterus RAFINESQUE, Specchio delle Sci., ii, p. 11,
(1814).
Generic characters those of the family. Type G. rubrum. Gas-
tropteron swims rapidly by means of its large parapodial lobes which
are used as wings.
Three species have been described: G. rubrum Raf. (meckelii of
authors), of the Mediterranean and ocean coast of France, in which
40 GASTROPTERON.
the head-disk, foot and wings are purple, orange-red or rose, more or
less maculated with whitish, head-disk and wings white-edged, sole
paler, and mantle with a posterior filament.
G. pacificum Bergh, of the Aleutian Is., which is pale yellow
flecked with reddish throughout, the mantle with no filament or
flagellum behind, and
G. sinense A. Ad., which has not yet been adequately described,
but seems nearest to G. rubrum.
G. RUBRUM Rafinesque. PI. 7, figs. 1-10; pl. 8, figs. 11, 12, 13, 16.
General color varying from red-purple to pale rose, sometimes
with some spots of bluish-white; on the periphery of the head-disk
and the parapodia there is an iridescent blue border. The ventral
surface of the foot proper is always paler in color than the rest of
the body. Mantle having a posterior filament. Jaws small. Rad-
ula with the formula 5:1:0°1°5. Shell nautiloid, microscopic, cal-
careous and very hyaline.
Length, 20-24; breadth, 25-30 mill., or smaller.
Mediterranean, Afgean and Adriatic Seas; Archachon basin, Gi-
ronde, 50-120 meters.
Gastropteron KossE, De pteropodum ordine et novo
ipsius genera, 1813, p. 10-16, figs. 11-14.—Sarcopterus ruber RAFIN-
ESQUE, Quadro dei generi di Moll. Pteropodi, in Specchio delle Sci.,
ii, p. 11, Nov. 1814; Précis des découvertes somiologiques ou Zool-
ogiques et Botaniques, p. 30 (1814).—G. meckeli BLAtNvILLE,
Manual de Mal. et Conch., p. 479 (1825).—Puxt., Enum. Moll:
Sicil., 1, p. 124.—Sou.eyet, Voy. Bonite, Zool., ii, p. 464, pl. 26.—
Krouy, Archiv f. Naturg., 1860, p. 64, pl. 2, f. 2, 3 (larva and
shell).—VayssrerE, Ann. Se. Nat., Zool. (6) ix, p. 1-72, pl. 1-6;
Rech. Moll. Opistobr., Ire Pt., Tectibranches, p. 40, figs. 835-41.—
Berau, Zool. Jahrb., vii, p. 281-303, pl. 16, f. 1-27, pl. 17, f. 1-10-
—Gastropteron rubrum FiscHER, Journ. de Conchyl., 1890, p. 349.
—Gasteropteron coccineum FERussAc, Tabl. Syst. p. 25.— Clio amatt
De.Le Curase, Mem. sulla Storia e Notomia degli Anim. senza
Vert., 1, p. 53-59, pl. 2, f. 1-8 (1823).
The shell-cavity of the mantle is very large, occupied throughout
its extent by a delicate, very hyaline membrane, at the posterior
part of which is found the small nautiloid shell (pl. 7, fig. 4). The
shell is nautiliform, hyaline and translucent, resembling in texture
GASTROPTERON. 4]
that of Carinaria, with 13 to 2 whorls, the Jast one enveloping the
preceding, showing under a strong lens very fine growth-strie. It
is situated at the posterior part of the liver, a little process of which
projects into its cavity, it is a little behind and to the right of the
anus, its convexity turned toward the foot. The delicate membrane
mentioned above is adherent to the peristome, and is doubtless a
non-calcified prolongation of the cuticle of the shell. It covers all
of the dorsal surface of the viscera, part of the sides, and nearly as
far forward as the end of the cephalic disk.
A very general view of the viscera is shown in fig. 10 of pl. 7;
for detailed description and figures see Bercu, Zool. Jahrb.
Abtheil. f. Anat. u. Ont., vii, p.281, and Vayssterg, Ann. Sc. Nat.,
Zool. (6), ix, p. 1-72, pl. 1-6. In these excellent monographs, the
entire literary history of G'astropteron also is discussed.
The jaws are weakly-developed, consisting of two small lamellose
plates (pl. 8, fig. 16), one on each side of the median line of the
upper part of the mouth. The plates have a mosaic surface, show-
ing the ends of the crowded subcylindrical bodies of which they are
composed (pl. 8, figs. 12, 13).
The radula lacks median teeth as in Philine. The laterals (pl.
7, figs. 7, 8, 9, three views of one lateral) have the hooked form with
a serrate internal crest seen in Philine. The uncini (pl. 7, fig. 5,
and fig. 6) are also practically as in Pkiline, narrower than the
laterals, without serrate crest.
The penis is elongated, cylindrical (pl. 8, fig. 11), lying as usual on
the right side of the buccal mass, 6-11 mill. long, usually carmine-
red outside, sometimes yellowish-white, red at the apex only; pros-
tate (fig. 11) 33 to 6 cm. long in the smallest, 8 to 9 in the largest
individuals when straightened out.
G. SINENSE A. Adams. Unfigured.
Animal flesh-colored, dotted and netted all over with carmine ;
body paler, the viscera showing through the sub-pellucid integu-
ment; foot lobe large, free, with entire margins, rounded, the sur-
face dotted and reticulate with red. (Ad.).
Hulu-shan Bay (Regent’s Sword), 3 fms.
G. sinense Av., Ann. Mag. N. H. (3), viii, p. 189 (Aug., 1861).
I obtained three individals of this species in the dredge from
three fathoms of mud. I placed them in a clear bottle of salt water,
and observed them some time. Chiaje might well be excused for
42 GASTROPTERON.
regarding the genus as a Pteropod, for, at first sight, it has all the
appearance and action of a Pneumodermon. My specimens ap-
peared to want the power of crawling altogether; the animals,
after taking short flights, usually upside down, through the water,
by butterfly flappings of the side-lobes of the foot, gently alighted
and remained stationary on their stomachs, with the swimming-
lobes folded together over the back, until ready for another little
excursion. The lower surface of this species, moreover, is colored
exactly like the fins, and shows no signs of a creeping disk. I be-
lieve the genus should be placed in the family Lophocercide, or
rather, Icaride; for Prof. E. Forbes had _ previously described
Lophocercus under the name of Icarus. The Chinese species seems
to differ from the Mediterranean Gasteropteron in being covered
with crimson punctate and reticulate markings. Other points of
difference are shown in my drawings. (Ad.).
G. paciFicuM Bergh. PI. 8, figs. 14, 15, 17-23.
Living animal yellowish, flecked with red. Margin of mantle
without a flagellum. General proportions as in G. rubrum, but.
smaller; foot usually distinctly demarked from pleuropodial lobes,
which are smaller and a little shorter. Free margin of the mantle
narrower, Only behind a little wider, but without trace of filament.
On account of the narrowness of the mantle-skirt, the gill is nearly
exposed, relatively larger than in G. rubrum, directed more down-
ward ; leaflets of gill fewer, 16-20, and free ends of the same longer ;
the black kidney-pore is nearer the anus. Genital openings and
semen-groove as in rubrum. ‘The shell (pl. 8, fig. 18) is as in rub-
rum, the calcified portion measuring “6 to ‘66 mill., chalk-white,
radially striate, and very fragile, the large cuticular last whorl
(fig. 19) as in G. rubrum. Dentition (pl. 8, fig. 21) as in G. rubrum,
formula 5:1:0°1°5 or 6°1:0°1°6 ; laterals (pl. 8, figs. 20, 22) and uncini
(pl. 8, figs. 21, 23) offering no especial differential features.
Unalaschka, Aleutian Is., 9-15 fms (Dall.).
G. pacificum Bereu, Zool. Jahrb. vii, p. 3038, pl. 16, f. 28; pl. 17,
f. 10-26 (1893). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 202, pl. xii, f. 1-2.
Specimens preserved in alcohol still retained part of the original
coloration, the head-shield, foot and pleuropodia clear yellowish,
with numerous red dots, more or less grouped and more or less close ;
on the under side and free apex of head-shield they were closer.
The posterior body gray, usually, especially in front, strewn with red-
AGLAJIDZA. 43
dots, the gills whitish. The individuals were mostly of the same size :
length of pleuropodia 7°5 mill., breadth of animal across extended
pleuropodia 12 mill., alt.5°5 mill.
Besides its smaller size and different coloring, the lack of a pos-
terior flagellum on the mantle offers an obvious external difference
between this form and G. rubrum. For description of anatomy see
Bergh, J. ¢.
Family AGLAJIDE.
= Doridiide Bergh et al.
Body oblong, with two dorsal shields separated by a transverse
furrow, the head-shield having narrow, free lateral and hind mar-
gins, posterior shield or mantle produced backward in two lobes or
wings. Foot wide, truncated in front and behind, the sides contin-
ued in fleshy parapodial (pleurapodial) lobes which stand erect or
recurved at each side of body. Shell internal, posterior, consisting
of a flat, solute spiral whorl and a minute spire, the inner rim of
whorl! calcified, outer part membranous. Gill posterior, on right
side, large, bipinnate. Buccal mass very large, without jaws or
teeth. Penis with a superficial sulcus ; prostate gland large.
. This family differs from Philinide and Gastropteride in the lack
of a radula; from the latter family it is moreover distinguished by
the more moderate size of the parapodial lobes, which are not used —
as Swimming organs.
The following account is largely abridged from Bergh’s two ad-
mirable papers on Doridiide.
Synopsis of Genera.
Genus AGLAJA Renier.
Head-shield without rhinophores or frontal processes.
Genus Navanax Pilsbry.
Head-shield with the front lateral angles produced into rhino-
phores, as in Pleurobranchus.
*k *
44 AGLAJA.
Genus AGLAJA Renier, 1804.
Aglaja Renter, Prospetto della Classe dei Vermi, p. 16, (1804) ;
Tav. di Classificazione, 1807, pl. 8; Osserv. Postume di Zool. Adri-
atica, pubblic. per cura del R. Instit. Ven. a Studio del Meneghini,
Venezia 1847, p. 3-8, pl. 16. Not Aglajaor Aglaia Albers et auct.
mult.—Doridium Meckel, Ueber ein neues Geschlecht der Gastero-
poden, Beytr. Vergleich. Anat. i, zweites Heft, p. 33, (1809), and
of authors generally.—Acera Cuvier, Mém. sur les Acéres, in Ann,
Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xvi, p. 9, (1810).—Fidothea Risso, Hist.
Nat. Eur. Mérid., iv, p. 46, (1826).—Melanochlamys CHEESEMAN,
Trans. N, Z. Inst., xiii, p. 224, (1881).— Posterobranchea d’ORBIGNY,
Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 201, (1837 ?).—Bullidium Leuk, Dis-
sert de Pleurobranch, p. 10, (1813).—Lobaria BLAINVILLE, Manuel
de Malac., p. 478, (1825).—? Philinopsis Prase, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 21.
For anatomy see Beran, Die Gruppe der Doridien in Mittheil.
Zool. Stat. Neap., xi, p, 107-135, pl. 8, and Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
xxv, p. 205-222.
See above for characters.
This genus was first indicated by Renier under the name Aglaja
in his Prospetto, 1804, but it was not characterized until his Tavolo
di Classificazione appeared in 1807, in which the group is very well
defined, with descriptions and figures of the two Mediterranean spe-
cies. The name has been generally dropped by malacologists in
favor of Meckel’s term Doridium, published in 1809; but such a
course is wholly without justification. There is a genus Aglaea in
plants (Persoon, 1805), and the name Aglaja (and Aglaia) has been
several times used in zoology, but clearly subsequent in every case
to Renier’s diagnosis. The other synonyms, Acera Cuv., Hidothea
Risso, Melanochlamys Cheesem., etc., are later and absolute synonyms.
Posterobranchea Orb, was founded upon an error, the dorsal being
mistaken fot the ventral surface of the body, reversing the positions
of all asymmetrical organs, and bringing the transverse groove of
the back below. Philinopsis of Pease seems to be another synonym,
but in the absence of definite information I have inserted it at the
end of the genus Aglaja.
Geographic Distribution.
Mediterranean: A. tricolorata and depicta.
E. coast of Africa: A. cyanea, nigra, guttata.
Australia and New Zealand: A. marmorea, lineolata, cylindrica.
AGLAJA. 45
Japan: A. gigliolit.
Sandwich Is.: A. nuttalli, “ Philinopsis” speciosa and nigra.
W. coast of the Americas: A. maculata, purpurea, diomedea, ocel-
ligera, adelle.
West Indies: A. punctilucens and gemmata.
The genus is not known fossil.
A. TRICOLORATA Renier. PI. 1, figs. 10, 11; pl. 14, f. 81. pl. 13,
figs. 71, 72, 73, 74, 75.
Back of the body and outer surface of pleuropodial lobes chest-
nut-brown or coffee colored, with round snow-white pearl-like dots ;
border of dorsal shield aud pleuropodia marked with a narrow blue
band, inside of which is an orange band. Posterior body lighter
than the anterior; sole velvety-black with a bluish luster, with some
small white dots in front and behind. Mantle with two deeply sep-
arated lobes behind, the left one always provided with a flagellum or
filament (pl. 1, figs. 10,11). Length 4-5 em., breadth with spread
parapodia 2°5-2°8 em.; alt. to apex of frontal shield 1°6-1°9 to 1°3-
1°5 cm.
Specimens in alcohol retain the coloration remarkably well, but
contract much, length 3 cm.
Shell (pl. 14, fig. 81) proportionately smaller than in A. depictum,
less concave; milk-white in the middle, more or less translucent
toward the edges ; nucleus consisting of one whorl, the second whorl
forming all of the dilated portion of the shell.
Mediterranean Sea.
Aglaja tricolorata Renter, Tav. di Classificazione pl. 8, (1807) ;
Oss. postume di Zool. Adriat., 1847, p. 5, 7, pl. 16, f. 12, 13.—Dori-
dium tricoloratum Beran, Mittheil. Zool. Sta. zu Neapel, xi, p. 111,
pl. 8, f. 1-10; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 208, pl. 12, f 4.—
Doridium meckelii DELLE CHrIAsE, Mem. i, 1823, p. 117-123, 133,
135-1386, pl. 10, f, 1-7.—Cuvirer, Regne Anim. 2d edit., ili, p. 64.
—CANTRAINE, Malac. Medit., p. 74.—Acera meckelit Paiv., Enum.
Moll. Sicil. ii, p. 98.——Doridium membranaceum Meckel V AyssIERE,
Ann. des Sciences Naturelles Zool. (6), ix, p. 73 et seq., pl. 7, f. 56,
57, 59-67 ; pl. 8, f. 68, 69; Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 48-49, pl. 2,
f. 45-47.
Besides the differences in the shell and coloration, this species dif-
fers from A. depicta in having two deeply separated lobes on the
46 AGLAJA.
hind edge of the mantle, the left one bearing a flagellum. The head
disk issmaller and more trapezoidal than in the other Mediterranean
species. The foot occupies the front three-fourths of the entire
length of the body.
A. peprcra Renier. PI 12, figs. 68-70; pl. 1, fig. 12 (x 7); pl. 18,
deentoyn iil:
Back of the body and outside of pleuropodial lobes chestnut,
brown, blue-gray or violet-black, maculated and marbled with
white. Head-shield and lateral lobes edged with two narrow stripes,
one blue, the other yellow. Head-shield with two short stripes of
buff in front. Sole velvety-black or violet-brown, sometimes orna-
mented with whitish spots. Gill orange or pale brownish. Posterior
lobes of mantle joined, the left one with no flagellum. Length 35-60
mill.
The shell (pl. 12, f. 63, 64, 68, 70; pl. 1, f. 12) is not so different
from that of A. tricolorata as would be thought from the figures ;
but the small spire is more solute, and the projecting process is
smaller; the large thin outer whorl shows 2 or 3 more or less dis-
tinctly marked growth-zones; this quite cuticular, pale yellowish
part is in some individuals, especially the younger ones, more or
less calcified, excepting always the anterior part; in the large indi-
viduals it was completely cuticular. Diam. from edge to edge
across spire, 7-12 mm. Ina large individual, length 55 mill., the
the shell measured in greatest length 16% mill.
Mediterranean Sea.
Aglaja depicta RENtER, Tay. di Class., 1807, pl. 8 ; Oss. Posthume,
p. 4, 7, pl. 16, f. 1-11—Doridium depictum Bercu, Mittheil. Zool.
Stat. Neap., xi, p. 123, pl. 8, f. 11-138, 17; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
xxv, p. 209, pl. 10, £9; pl. 12, f 8.—Doridium coriaceum and D.
membranaceum MECKEL, Beytrige zur Vergl. Anat. i, 2te Heft, p.
33, (1809).—Acera carnosa CuviER, Mém. sur les Acéres, Ann. Mus.
H.N. Paris, xvi, p. 9-12, 14-15, pl. 1, f. 15-20, (1810)—Doridium
carnosum DELLE CHIAJE, Mem. sulla Storia e Notomia, etc., i, pl.
76, f. 9-11; pl. 107, f. 2—VavyssrERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 45,
pl. 2, f. 42-44—Doridium aplysiaeforme DELLE CutaJsE, Mem. ii,
p. 185-192, pl. 13; t. 80, f. 23, (1825) —Acera aplysiaeformis Can-
TRAINE, Malac. Medit., p. 74.—Hidothea marmorata Risso, Hist,
Nat. Eur. Mérid,, iv, p. 46, pl. 1, f. 9—Doridium marmoratum Can-
TRAINE, Bull. de ? Acad. Roy. des Sci. de Bruxelles, 1835, ii, p. 386.
—Acera marmorata CANTRAINE, Mal. Medit. et Lit., p. 73, pl. 2, f.
oe
AGLAJA. 47
This species seems to be variable in coloration like the preceding,
and even to a greater degree. The snow-white pearl-like spots of
A. tricolorata which are so conspicuous, seem to be represented in
this form by more irregular white spots. The posterior wings of the
mantle have an entirely different form from those of tricolorata, and
pass into each other bow-like at their bases. There is never a flagel-
Jum onthe left wing. The shell resembles that of tricolorata, but
the spire is more free, and the cuticular part of the shell is larger.
The colors seem to be well retained in alcohol.
A. cYANEA v. Martens. Unfigured.
In life uniform blue or with small round yellow spots. Spirit
examples blackish with pale spots, covered with numerous net-like
anastomosing wrinkles. 50 mill. long; head-shield 26 mill. long.
Breadth with parapodia turned up 26, with them spread out 43
mill. Distinguished from the Mediterranean species by the propor-
tionally smaller length of the head-shield. (Mart.).
Inhambane, E. Africa (Peters).
D. cyaneum Mart., Monatsber. K.-P. Akad. Wissensch. zu Berlin
1879, p. 738 (1880).—D. eyaneum var. vittatum Marrt., Beitr. zur
Meeresfauna Mauritius, etc., p. 305.
It is called by the natives miguedua, which signifies sleeps not.
Var. virraATA Martens.
Living animal 7 cm. long, '3-4 em. wide. Back brown with
brimstone-yellow spots; on the head two brown-yellow longitudinal
lines, on the back two brown-yellow spots. Foot-edges, head and
mantle edged with blue and yellow; sole bluish-brown. In the
single spirit specimen the brown-yellow longitudinal bands on both
sides on head-shield and on foot-margin have been well retained,
but not the spots on the back. (Mart.).
Fouquets, Mauritius (Mobius).
A. NIGRA y. Martens. Unfigured.
Living animal black with clear yellow and orange-yellow spots
and bands, and indigo-blue edges, the spots sometimes very sparse.
Spirit examples 19 mill. long, 8 mill. wide with the parapodia turned
upward, 15 with them spread out. Head-disk 10 mill. long, granule-
wrinkled. Internal shell strong, chalky. (Mart.).
Querimba Is., E. Africa (Peters).
48 AGLAJA.
D. nigrum Martens, Monatsber. K.-P. Akad. Wissensch., 1879,
p. 738 (1880).
The name of this species must be changed if, as I suspect,
Philinopsis nigra of Pease proves to be an Aglaja.
A.autrata v. Martens. Unfigured.
Living animal 4-5 em. long, 22-3 em. wide. Head and back
brown, with close isahella-yellow flecks in which are brown dots or
lines. Sole bluish-brown with yellow flecks, the margins blue and
yellow. Perhaps only a variety of D. cyaneum v. vittatum.
(Mobius).
Spirit examples pretty clear gray-brown, head-shield and back
with dark-red-brown spots, veins and dots; foot darker, with num-
erous isabella-yellow roundish spots. The head-shield is (in spirit
examples) as long or longer than the posterior body, and is coarsely
granulated rather than wrinkled, in D. cyaneum v. vittatum it is
shorter and more wrinkled longitudinally. (Mart.).
Fouquets, Mauritius (Mobius).
D. guttatum Martens, Beitr. zur Meeresfauna der Insel Mauri-
tius u. der Seychellen, p. 306 (1880).
A. MARMORATA Smith, PI. 1, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.
Animal (in spirit) blackish, copiously mottled with a dirty buff
color. Cephalic disk longer than wide, rather narrower in front
than behind, with a thickened two-fold margin anteriorly and at the
sides, more expanded and simple posteriorly. Hinder dorsal disk
a little shorter than the front one, lobed posteriorly on each side,
with an intermediate sinus, with a free margin at the sides, but not
in front, where it is covered by the hinder free extension of the
cephalic disk. Viewed posteriorly, the animal is truncate, termina-
ting in a curved expansion of the dorsal disk on each side which
conceal the gills beneaththem. Foot extending the whole length of
the animal, with a duplex margin in front below the mouth and for
a short distance along the sides, and then simple and gradually in-
creasing in the width of the expansion towards the end, where it is
very wide beneath the branchia; it is stained with black on the
inside of the edge. Branchial plume posterior, concealed beneath
the foot and the hinder lobes of the dorsal disk. Head presenting
exteriorly a small lobe on each side the oral opening.
AGLAJA. 49
Shell internal, situated at the hinder extremity above the branchia,
white, calcareous, uncoiled, consisting of one or two volutions, thick-
ened at the free “sutural line,” convex externally and concave within,
cup-shaped at the commencement, with the outer edge extended by a
broadish membranous expansion. Total length 33 millim. ; cephalic
disk 18 long and 16 wide at the broadest part; shell with a greatest
diameter of 8 millim.; and about 2 in height. (Smith).
Thursday Island, Torres Straits, 4-5 fathoms, on a sandy bottom.
(Coppinger).
Doridium marmoratum Smiru, Zool. Coll. ‘ Alert,’ p. 87, pl. vi,
f. I-I 4 (1884). Not Doridium marmoratum Cantraine, 1835.
The only species which appears to have been recorded from the
Australian coasts is Aglaia lineolata, figured by H. & A. Adams in
the Genera of Recent Mollusca, vol. iii, pl. 58, fig. 4. This differs,
however, in the form of the anterior dorsal disk and its small size
in proportion to the hind part of the animal in addition to which
the color and markings appear to be quite distinct. Aglaia giglio-
hi, from Japan, described by Tapparone-Canefri (Voy. Magenta, p.
110, pl. 1, fig. 18), may be distinguished by the posterior lobation of
the cephalic disk, different color, and apparent different position of
the branchial plume.
Doridium cyaneum, D. nigrum, and D. guttatum, described by
Dr. Von Martens from the Indian Ocean, have not yet been figured.
Until all these exotic species have either been compared or much
more amply described and illustrated, there will remain much un-
certainty respecting the identification of all or any one of them.
A. LInEOLATA H. & A. Adams. PI. 1, fig. 7.
No description of this species has been published, to my knowl-
edge. As figured by A. Adams, the shields and outside of parapodia
are transversely lineolate with purplish on a light brown ground;
insides of parapodia very dark; posterior wings of mantle short,
without a filament. Shell unknown.
Australia (Gould).
Aglaia lineolata H. & A. Ad., Gen. Rec. Moll. i, p. 27, iii, pl. 58,
f. 4.
A. CYLINDRICA Cheeseman. Unjfigured.
Body elongated, almost cylindrical, 1-17 in. long; color a deep
rich velvety-black. Cephalic disk narrow, oblong, quadrate, slightly
+
50 AGLAJA.
expanded in front, so as to project over the foot and mouth, truncate
behind. Mantle small, entirely concealing the shell, at its posterior
end 2 lobed and with a large gaping orifice. Foot large with ample
side-lobes, which are folded up to the sides of the head-dise and
mantle, leaving, however, the back exposed. Shell quite internal,
triangular, spire minute, inner lip with a small spoon-shaped pro-
jection. Branchie minute, situated far back on the right side under
the mantle. Gizzard very large and muscular, without calcareous
plates. Odontophore apparently wanting. I assume that the
proper position of this animal is with the Philinide, with which it
agrees in most of its characters. It differs, however, in having no
odontophore, and in the gizzard not being strengthened with calcare,
ous plates. Aglaia (of Renier), appears to be its nearest ally ; but Iam
unable to place it in that genus, as it differs from the species figured
in Adams’ “ Genera” in being much more elongated, in the cephalic
disc being larger and projecting beyond the foot, in the branchiz
being smaller and always concealed by the mantle, and in the side-
lobes of the foot being closely appressed to the side of the animal,
and not spreading.
Auckland Harbor and near Dunedin, New Zealand, in tide pools.
Melanochlamys cylindrica CHEESEMAN, Trans. N. Z. Inst. xiii, p.
224 (1881).
A. eicLioLut Tapparone-Canefri. PI. 1, fig. 6.
Body oblong, as much as 32 mill. long, 12 mill. wide; head-shield
ovate-oblong, large, more or less bilobate behind; posterior body
smaller, subquadrate, deeply bilobed behind ; side margins (para-
podial lobes) free, very narrowly edged with brown. Foot ovate,
large, wider than dorsal lobes. Color of specimens preserved in
alcohol buff-white, irregularly reticulated with brown and ashy, the
head-shield having a median longitudinal pale line. Shell internal,
delicate, vitreous, very transparent, resembling that of D. carnosum
in form.
Japan.
Aglaia giglioli T.-C., Zool. Viag. Magenta, p. 110, pl. 1, f. 18
(1874).
A. NUTTALLI Pisbry, n.sp. PI. 6, figs. 37, 38.
Alcoholic specimen uniform black-brown above, sole the same
color, but with faintly discernable sparse light maculation. Head-
AGLAJA. 51
disk (much fore-shortened in figure) oblong, wide, emarginate in
front, subtruncate behind ; free lateral margins 2-3 mill. wide, pos-
terior free margin wider. Posterior wings of mantle very large,
long, thin, the two membranous lobes broadly united by connecting
web, the left lobe bearing a short, flat flagellum. Gill (pl. 6, fig. 38,
seen from below) 11 mill. long (curved), with 11-12 branches on
each of the rhachis, alternately arranged, the branches on the con-
vex side nearly double as long as those on the concave side of
rhachis. Total length 40, breadth 20 mill. Length of head-shield
measured direct from front to back margin, 22 mill.
Sandwich Is. (Nuttall).
The great development of the posterior wings and the flat fila-
ment of the left one are characteristic. It differs from A. tricolorata
in having the tail-lobes broadly united, and the gill of different
structure if Vayssiéres figure of the gill of that species be correct.
Description from one specimen; shell not seen. Color in life un-
known. Fig. 37 is accidentally inverted.
A. macutata d’Orbigny. PI. 6, figs. 40-43.
Anterior and posterior disks of body black-brown; posterior
mantle-wings greenish-brown with some small yellow spots; foot
(fig. 43) greenish-brown with many unequal rounded spots of sul-
phur-yellow; outside of parapodia the same color but spotless.
Body thick, rounded ; back smooth, the anterior shield wide and
truncate in front; posterior shield oval, smooth, terminating in
thick fleshy lobes, the right one wider. Foot fleshy, plicate, striate
and ridged transversely, smooth in front and distinctly emarginate.
Gill pyramidal, symmetrical, composed of a great many leaflets
bilobed at their ends.
Length 3, width 2 centimeters.
Valparaiso, Chili.
Posterobranchea maculata pD’ORB., Voy. dans l’Amer. Mérid., p.
2038, pl. 17, f. 6-9 (not f. 10).
The view already expressed by Morch and Fischer in regard to
d’Orbigny’s error in mistaking the back for the foot of this mollusk,
is undoubtedly correct. When this is righted, we find the charac-
ters of P. maculata perfectly normal for the genus Aglaia or Dori-
dium.
52 AGLAJA.
A. puRPUREA Bergh. PI. 13, fig. 78.
Living animal blackish-purple. Much contracted individual in
aleohol is dark brownish, almost black in color, on the anterior
shield; the hind body dirty reddish-brown ; both quite finely punce-
tate with yellow. The sides of the body as well as the lower half of
the upper side of the foot-wings (parapodia) yellowish-brown, while
the upper half of the parapodium is paler and vertically striated, as is
also the hind half of the upper side of the tail. Gills dirty yellow;
the hind wings of mantle quite black, finely punctate with yellow
and with lighter margin. Entire under surface of animal, with the
outer (under) side of the parapodia black, finely punctured with
yellow. The length, to base of posterior wings, 3°8 cm., alt., 2°8,
breadth, 3°2. The length of head-shield is 2 cm., that of posterior
wings 1°2cm. Length of the contracted gill 1°5 cm.
Form most as in A.depicta. Posterior wings bound together con-
tinuously above, the left one without a flagellum; their margins
were, perhaps, somewhat notched. ‘The peculiar spot in front under
the margin of the anterior shield could not be discovered. Gill
yellowish.
Shell without trace of calcification, horn-yellow, on anterior mar-
gin quite colorless, thin, only on the back margin a little thickened.
Form as usual, the spire not solute, its continuation downward and
forward not large, the extension of the last whorl backward not long,
transverse diameter of the shell about 13 mill.
Catalina Island, California, (Dall, 1874)
Doridium purpureum Brereu, Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 209, pl
OR ea
The figure represents the penis-sack (dark portion) and its pros-
tate (light portion). F
A. DIOMEDEA Bergh. PI.1,f.14; pl. 15, fig. 95.
Largest specimen measures, length, 10, breadth 6; alt. 5 mill.
others measure 7 x 5 x 43. Color dark brownish-black, with sparsely
strewn whitish and yellowish flecks on the back, foot and outside of
parapodia; side margins of posterior shield dirty light yellowish ;
sides of body and furrow between anterior and posterior shields,
bluish-gray; upper side of foot-wings and the upper side of tail
grayish, the gill yellow. Color in life said to be nearly black-
Form as usual. Back shield somewhat longer than the head-shield ;
no trace of olfactory organ discoverable. Hind wings of mantle
AGLAJA. 53
contracted, seeming to be not much developed, not connected above,
pretty rigid, with round hind end, the left one lacking a flagellum.
The shell was of peculiar form, relatively larger and longer than
in other species, in the largest individual 5 mill. long, 34 broad. It
was entirely calcified, relatively thick, somewhat thinner in front,
and more yellowish there, otherwise chalk-white. The spire small,
not free; the process directed forward and downward large, the
hollow in it adjacent to spire pretty deep.
Kadiack Is. (St. Paul) Bering Sea; Yukon Harbor, Shumagin
Is., 6-10 fms. (Dall, Aug., 1874). us
Doridium diomedeum Beu., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 211,
plait, £1.
Readily recognizable by its coloring and peculiar shell.
A. OCELLIGERA Bergh. PI. 14, figs. 82, 83, 84.
The single individual was rather contracted, 12 mill. long, 9 wide,
and 9 mill. high. Color of shields and outside of parapodia gray-
brown with a multitude of whitish round flecks. Remains of a
lighter border of shields and parapodia could be distinguished, and
also on margins of the flagellum. The under side of the foot black-
ish with sparsely strewn whitish flecks. Gill yellowish. Living
animal said to be black-purple with yellow spots.
Proportions as usual. The hind margin of anterior shield very
strongly produced (3+ mill.); the posterior wings of mantle quite
separated, the left lobe prolonged in a flagellum 1 mill. long (pl. 14,
fig. 84). The shell measures 4 mill.in breadth (across the spire), is
strongly calcified, alabaster-like, with only a narrow yellowish cuti-
cular margin anteriorly. Spire somewhat projecting, the process
running forward and downward pretty strong, deepened at its base ;
the right part of the shell stronger, especially more behind. Penis
(pl. 14, fig. 83) dirty yellow, 4-5 mill. long; glans with a strong
furrow, the apex sticking out of penial opening. Prostate strong,
a little longer than penis, of the same color, its end forked (f. 83).
Sitka Harbor, 15 fms. (Dall, May, 1874).
Doridium ocelligerum Bou., Bull. M. C. Z., xxv, p. 212, pl. 10, f.
10; pl. 12,f 5-6.
AAD PELE Dall Pl 9, figs: 17,18, 19,20; 21 22:
Animal naked, about 16 mm. long, of a dark plum color, mottled
with fine vermiculate spots of golden yellow; general form that of
54 AGLAJA.
D. carnosum Cuvier, but with a shorter head-shield, half as long as
the body and transversely truncate behind; the posterior free por-
tion of the mantle short, obscurely bilobed, and without a flagellum ;
front edge of the head-shield slightly excavated ; parapodia wide;
the sole slightly longer than the body ; shell (figs. 17-20) internal,
subconical, white, covered with a brownish epidermis ; pillar strong,
reflected with a deep groove outside of it, the basal end projecting
spur-like; nucleus small, depressed. (Dal/).
Eagle Harbor, Puget Sound, 30 fms. (Young Naturalist’s So-
ciety ).
D. adelle Datu, The Nautilus, vil, p. 73 (Nov., 1894).
The shell is more conical and the cycloid wall of it narrower than
in D. carnosum, and the excavated pillar much more prominent.
See Ann. Mus. de Marseilles, Zool. ii, p. 45, pl. 2, figs. 42-44, 1885.
(Dail).
A. PUNCTILUCENS Bergh. PI. 14, fig. 85.
Founded upon two individuals in the Copenhagen Museum. In
color they agree almost completely. The dorsal shields are dirty
light yellow marbled with black, marked with quite fine brownish
lines (much finer than those of the ventral surface), and over this
are strewn emerald-green dots, especially on the head-shield and
most on its anterior margin. The margins in one individual shine
through greenish-gray with whitish dots; in the other darker, quite
blackish with yellowish dots. The wings or posterior lobes of the
hinder shield are marbled gray and black, with numerous whitish
dots and little spots, especially on the posterior side. The marginal
part, especially above, grayish-green, finely white-dotted or darker.
The sides of the body and the inner surface of the parapodial wings
are brownish-gray or darker, dotted with yellowish. Gill yellowish.
The sole as well as the outer surface of the parapodial lobes of
alternate narrow, light dirty yellowish and brown longitudinal lines,
the latter in large part showing rows of small spots or still finer
lines of a yellowish color. The edge of the parapodial wings, es-
pecially on the inside, are greenish-gray, punctate with whitish, or
quite blackish, punctate with yellowish. The largest individual
(from Guadeloupe) measures, length nearly 28 mill. (to posterior
edge of posterior lobes) breadth 12, alt. 10 mill.; length of head
shield 113, of the hind body 123, and its wing 6 mill. Length of
the gill 7 mill.
AGLAJA. 55d
The form is practically the same as in the other species. Head-
shield somewhat emarginate in front, sides and posterior edge
strongly projecting. The lateral margins of posterior shield also
project strongly, especially behind. Surface of the shields quite
even. The posterior mantle-wings are strongly developed, bound
together above by a strongly produced middle piece, stronger than
in A. depicta. The wings are similar to that species, but more pro-
duced, without flagellum.
Shell (pl. 14, fig. 85) 3 mill. in diam., width of the calcified part
of the large whorl 0°8 mill. It has only a quite small and not pro-
jecting spire, which is prolonged in a pretty long continuation be-
low, this being excavated on the anterior side. Spire and the wide
simple whorl chalk-white and hard, the latter with thickened hind
margin. This hard part of the shell is surrounded by a yellow
cuticle, and this again by a quite thin colorless cuticle.
St. Thomas and Guadeloupe (Riise).
Doridium punctilucens Berau, Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neap., xi, p.
Hal, pls, f. 16.
This species is quite distinct from those of the Mediterranean,
and will be easy to recognize by its color (emerald-green spots of
the back, the linear striation, especially beneath), and the form of
the shell also differs.
A.q@eMMATA Morch. Unfigured.
Subcylindrical, narrower in front, yellow or dull fleshy with close
longitudinal black lines. Shield dilated in front, with obscure,
small close longitudinal lines, often bifid or forked, diverging, and
beautiful green, shining, convex spots, of which there are four ar-
ranged bead-like on the neck, especially conspicuous. Mantle con-
vex, with large obscure clouds and very close black lines. Anal
and respiratory tubes entire and strong; below bilobed, left lobe
falciform, right lobe tongue-shaped, subtruncate. Gill-plume acute
and arcuate; foot lobed on each side, ornamented with black longi-
tudinal lines often confluent ; thence it is spotted, and reticulated
in front; foot lobes narrow, margin arcuate, reflexed, blackish
above with spots and dots of yellowish here and there confluent.
Length 18, diam. 7, alt. 8 mill. Shell not seen, but by the feel it
seems to be narrow falciform.
St. Thomas (Riise).
56 AGLAJA—PHILINOPSIS.
Doridium (Posterobranchea) gemmatum Morcg, Journal de Con-
chyl., 1863, p. 25; Mal. BI., xxii, p. 175.
Genus (?) Putiinopsis Pease, 1860.
Philinopsis Psr., P. Z.S., 1860, p. 21.
Animal.—Head-disk large, oblong, oval or triangular, not extend-
ing in advance of the foot. Posterior to the head-disk the body is
extended in the shape of a convex fleshy lobe, commencing under
the head disk (which overlaps it), and reaching to or slightly beyond
the posterior portion of the foot; truncated behind, and the trunca-
tion surrounded by an undulated or crenated crest. Eyes not visi-
ble. Mouth proboscidiform between cephalic disk and foot, with or
without one pair of tentacles on sides of the mouth. Foot large,
rounded and reflected at the sides. Branchia] plume near the pos-
terior end of the body, and curving around between the truncated
end of the foot. Shell concealed in the truncated end. (Pse.).
My knowledge of this group is limited to Pease’s descriptions here
reprinted in full. I am disposed to consider it synonymous with
Aglaja.
P. speciosa Pease. Unfiqured.
Lug
Oblong, smooth. Head-disk about half the length of the animal,
of an oblong, triangular shape, truncated in front, and corners ob-
tusely rounded. The mantle lobe is convex, rather narrowed an-
teriorly and truncated posteriorly, commencing under the head-disk
and extending slightly beyond the posterior portion of the foot; the
truncated end is prolonged behind laterally, and surrounded by an
elevated undulated crest. No visible eyes or dorsal tentacles. Oral
tentacles small, dilated, truncated, and placed at the sides of the
mouth. The foot and the head-disk project in advance of the
mouth, which can be protruded in the shape of a proboscis. Foot
broad, oval, smooth, rounded and reflected at the sides. Branchial —
plume single, pinnate, arising from the right posterior end of the
animal, and curving to the left between the foot and the truncated
end of the mantle-lobe. Exeretory orifice posterior. Shell con-
cealed in the truncated end, white, thin, fragile, pellucid, subtri-
angular, with a curved callous apex ; surface with furrows of growth.
Color above fawn, spotted and speckled with white; margins more or
less varied with blackish and yellow; sides paler. Foot purplish
fawn, and closely freckled with whitish, and broadly margined on
NAVANAX. 57
both sides with the dorsal colors intermixed. Length, 3 inches.
{ Pse.).
Station, among sea-weed on the coral reefs. They were very
sluggish in confinement. One specimen, when placed in a glass jar,
voided about a dozen small Bulle shells perfect. They differ but a
trifle in color, some being darker than others. The foot always re-
mains turned over on the sides of the body. (Pse.).
Sandwich Is., among sea-weed on the coral reefs (Pse.).
Philinopsis speciosa Psx., P. Z. S., 1860, p. 21.
P. niGRA Pease. Unfigured.
Oblong, slightly rugose above. Head-disk rather more than one-
third of the length of the animal, oblong oval, acutely rounded in
front and rounded posteriorly. The mantle lobe rather wider than
head disk, of an oblong-oval shape, and the lateral ends of the trun-
cation prolonged posteriorly into compressed crenate lobes, which
are continued over the truncated portion, forming a slight crest.
No visible eyes or tentacles. Shell buried in tbe truncated end.
Foot elliptically oval, smooth, revolute laterally. Branchial plume
single, situated on the right posterior end, and curving to the left.
Color black, with two large white spots on anterior end, also two on
the head-disk and two on the mantle lobe; sides white, and foot
white, with three large black spots on each revolute side. (Pse.).
Sandwich Is., on sea-weed in upper laminarian zone (Pse.). |
Philinopsis nigra Pse., P. Z.S., 1860, p. 22.
Genus NAVANAX Pilsbry, 1895.
Strategus Cooper, Proe. Cal. Acad. Sci., ii, p. 202, (1862). Not
Strategus Hope, 1837 (Coleoptera).—Navarchus CooPer, Proe. Cal.
Acad., iii, p. 58, (1863). Not Navarchus de Fil. et Ver., 1857, (Pis-
ces).—Navarchus Berecu, Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neap., 1893, p. 133;
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 213.—Navanax Pits., Nautilus,
viii, p. 131 (March 1, 1895).
Body elongated, similar in general characters to Aglaja, but an-
terior angles of head-shield produced to form short involute rhino-
phores. Shell asin Aglaja. Type NV. inermis Coop.
Two species of this genus are known, both from west America.
58 NAVANAX.
N. INERMIS Cooper. PI. 15, figs. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93.
Back of the body, foot and outside of pleuropodia wine-purple,
ornamented with rounded or oblong spots of yellow; inner sides of
pleuropodia flesh colored. Free edges of pleuropodial lobes and
inner edges of the tail lobes and rhinophores orange colored with
adjacent band and alternating spots of blue; lower side of tail-lobes
purple-blue; eye-patches white with black centers. Length 33,
breadth of body proper ? inch (living animal).
Shell quite thin and completely flexible, brownish-yellow, without
trace of calcification. As near as could be ascertained its form is
as in NV. enigmaticusand Aglaja depicta. Its position is as in Aglaja.
Penis (pl. 15, f. 89) similar to that of the Aglajas in general char-
acters.
San Diego Bay (Cooper); Catalina Island (Cooper, Dall).
Strategus inermis CooreR, Proce. Cal. Acad., ii, p. 202.—Navar-
chus inermis Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad., iii, p. 58—Brren, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p. 214, pl. 10, f. 13; pl. 11, f. 2-5.
The alcoholic specimen examined by Bergh was light coffee-
brown above with many yellowish-white lines, streaks and spots,
the sole black with a slight brown tinge, spotted throughout with
large, small and minute rounded yellow spots, coalescing on the
median line to form a band.
N. aniematicus Bergh. PI. 14, figs. 79, 80; pl. 15, figs. 86, 87,
88; pl. 6, fig. 39.
Length 25, alt. 10, breadth 10 mill. Color dirty light yellowish-
white, strongly and irregularly marbled and dotted with black and
gray, most so on sole. Outer half of inner side of pleuropodia uni-
form white the entire length; inner half brown-gray. Outer edge
with numerous black flecks ; gill yellow. Form perhaps narrower
than in the true Doridiums. The projecting, slightly concave an-
terior border of head is produced on each side in a tentacular hook
below the rhinophores (pl. 15, f. 87). Rhinophores rolled as in
Pleurobranchus. Posterior shield a little longer than the anterior,
its front edge but little raised. The hind edge of the shield seems
to have a narrow free edge projecting above the tails (pl. 6, fig. 39,
dorsal view of animal); but this may bea result of contraction.
The tail-wings are somewhat as in Aglaja depicta, united above, sep-
arated below.
APLYSIID®. 59
Shell (pl. 14, figs. 79, 80) situated in the posterior part of hinder-
body at the base of the tails, consisting of a chalky, white portion
and a thin cuticular part double the width of the former. Penis as
usual, the prostate gland T-shaped, granulose (pl. 15, fig. 86).
Bay of Panama.
Navarchus enigmaticus BERGH, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, p.
elie pl tO. 11-02: pl. 11) f 6-9; pl. 12, f. 8-10;
Il. TECTIBRANCHIATA ANASPIDEA.
Tectibranchs without a fleshy head shield, the head bearing two
or four folded or slit tentacles; shell spiral or plate-like, usually
enclosed by the mantle, with posterior terminal nucleus; rarely ab-
sent ; pleuropodial lobes developed. Penis near the right anterior
tentacle, widely separated from the female orifice and vas deferens,
which open near the gill.
Two distantly related families compose this division :
APLYsIID& with plate-like shell largely or wholly buried, or none ;
a conspicuous furrow connecting the furrowed penis with the com-
mon genital orifice; the radula multiserial.
OXYNOEID# with the shell spirally convoluted, Bud/a-like, not
buried ; no furrow between genital apertures, and, as far as known,
a uniserial radula.
Family APL YSIID.
Animal lengthened, not protected by a shell, the neck and head
narrower than body, mouth a vertical fissure; anterior angles of
head produced in two tentacular lobes folded above; behind them
the cylindric or conical rhinophores slit above, in front of which are
the minute eyes. Epipodia or pleuropodia recurved over the back,
forming two lateral or dorsal lobes enclosing mantle and gill. Gen-
ital orifice within the dorsal slit, communicating by a long furrow
with the invertable penis which is near the anterior right tentacle.
Shell nearly or entirely covered by the mantle, uncoiled, in the
form of a concave plate, sometimes absent. Mouth with corneous
jaws and a large multiserial radula composed of similar teeth ;
- stomach armed with cartilaginous nodules ; anus behind the gill.
Rather large animals of flabby consistency, remarkable for the
four large ear-like tentacles and high back, which have earned for
60 APLYSIID.
them the name of Sea Hares. They are nearly world-wide in dis-
tribution in tropical and temperate seas, and almost without excep-
tion inhabit shallow water. Marine plants form their main food.
Their colors in life are often bright and variegated, but in alcohol
the green and violet tints are evanescent, fading usually to a dirty
light olive; but the black pigment remains unchanged, so that
markings of black or gray are premanent in specimens preserved in
the ordinary manner.
Being without shelly armor, Aplysiide are largely dependent
upon imitative coloring for protection ; this being supplemented by
the ability to expel a large amount of violet or purple fluid darken-
ing the water around them, and also a milky fluid of nauseous odor.
Only one species has been known to be utilized by man:
Dolabella teremidi being esteemed and largely used for food by the
natives of Borabora.
The means of locomotion are varied: Tethys not only crawls, but
swims actively by means of the muscular, wing-like pleuropodia,
or “swimming lobes;” Dolabella, Petalifera, Phyllaplysia and other
genera with largely united pleuropodia, are restricted to creeping
like ordinary snails; Notarchus, which lives exclusively upon float-
ing sea-weeds, has a narrow foot adapted to travelling along their
slender stems, but has also been observed to dart rapidly by a forci-
ble expulsion of water from the large gill cavity by contraction of
its enclosing walls. This method, very exceptional in a gastropod,
is quite analogous to that of the squids.
Notes on external and internal anatomy.
The notes following are mainly restricted to features useful for
purposes of classification, the limits of this work denying space for
any thorough discussion and illustration of the anatomy and histol-
ogy of the group.
The main external features of Aplystide are shown by the figures
and diagrams on plates 35 and 66. The head and tentacles are
sufficiently shown in pl. 35, fig. 31; to the right of the right rhino-
phore or posterior tentacle is seen an eye, and the genital groove ; be-
hind are seen the two pleuropodia or swimming lobes, one folded
over the back, the other spread; within these is the oval mantle,
the smooth inner portion of which encloses the shell, to which a
median pore, the mantle foramen, opens; on the right is seen the
free margin of mantle, which is fleshier, and contains along its inner
APLYSIID A. 61
edge numerous glands secreting the purple fluid. Posteriorly the
mantle spreads backward in a folded tongue or lobe, the excurrent
siphon; at the base of this opens the anus, either as a pore ora
short tube. Under the right side of mantle lies the gill, a single
lunate plume. In pl. 35, fig. 52, the margin of the mantle is shown
by the dotted line m m. Under its anterior right edge is seen the
genital orifice, continued in the genital groove, gr.; behind this at
o is seen the orifice of the opaline gland.
The Opaline Gland (variously known as the “ grape bunch-shaped
gland,” “ gland of Bohadsch,” etc.) is a rather large body, sometimes
consisting of numerous oval unicellular glands each with its inde-
pendent efferent duct (pl. 33, fig. 25), but usually composed of a
a grape bunch-like mass of cells communicating with a common
cavity, opening externally by one orifice (pl. 33, fig. 24). Three
sorts of cells compose it: odoriferous cells, color-secreting or pur-
purigene cells, and giant mucus cells; the first two present the
same histological features, the protoplasm being granulose, the nu-
clei generally visible ; in the mucus glands the protoplasm is homo-
genous, nucleus not always visible. The gland secretes three
liquids: a white and odorous fluid which imparts to Aplysia its dis-
gusting smell, a violet and a mucous substance. In some species
the violet secretion is wanting. Morphologically the gland is
similar to the purple-secreting glands of the mantle. It is ecto-
dermal in origin, innervated from the pedal ganglion, and its special
function is apparently the secretion of odorous fluid for defensive
purposes. It seems to be special to the Ap/ysiide, and probably
has no homologue in the Cephalaspidea.
The radula in Aplysiide is broad, somewhat lance-head shaped
(pl. 33, fig. 23; pl. 9, fig. 18, 14), composed of many rows of nu-
merous, nearly similar teeth with denticulate cusps, the rachidian
tooth being wider, with bilobed spreading base.
In Tethys the teeth have long cusps, closely serrate on both outer
and inner sides (pl. 9, figs. 11, 12, T. punctata).
In Dolabella the radula is extremely peculiar, the teeth being all
unicuspid, very narrow, not serrate. See under sub-family Dola-
belline.
In Dolabrifera the denticles on the cusps are few, laterals
mostly tridenticulate, with no denticles on the inner margins of
cusps.
In Petalifera the radula is considerably like that of Dolabrifera
(pl. 55, fig. 12, P. virescens).
62 APLYSIID.
In Phyllaplysia the teeth are tricuspid, denticles broad and ob-
tuse (pl. 9, fig. 26, P. lafonti).
In Notarchus the teeth are narrow with long cusps closely serrate
or barbed on both inner and outer edges.
The buccal mass (pl. 62, fig. 4, bm) is large and muscular, two
much lengthened salivary glands (s. g.) enter it, one on each side of
the long cesophagus. The stomach (s) consists of three portions:
an anterior thin-walled sack, a median hard and muscular belt
armed inside with pyramidal cartilaginous nodules for triturating
the food, and following this a thin-walled portion containing inter-
nally smaller nodules or spur-like appendages. This passes into the
intestine (7), which is coiled about the large liver or digestive gland
(d. gl.), the ducts of which, several in number, enter it near the
point marked x. Becoming free from the liver, the intestine crosses
the ovo-testis in a groove, and terminates externally at the base of
the excurrent siphon (see pl. 62, fig. 4, Aclesia pleii Rang; pl. 9,
fig. 15, Tethys punctata ; pl. 40, fig. 2, Notarchus punctatus Phil.).
The genital system (pl. 62, figs. 1, 2, Aclesia plett Rang) consists
of a hermaphrodite gland or ovo-testis (0. t.) which communicates
spermatozoa and ova by a common duct, the small hermaphrodite
duct (h. d.), to the “ annexed genital mass,” G. In this mass the
hermaphrodite duct splits (fig. 3, div.): by one branch (the Cu-
vierian duct, Cuv.), communicating with the spermatheca, sp., the
other branch, oviduct, involved in a complex series of convolutions
partly concealed in the annexed mass (fig. 3, diagrammatic, show-
ing convolutions of oviduct [ov.], Cuvierian duct [ Cuv.] and sper-
matheca |sp]). The middle of the annexed genital mass is com-
posed of the albumen gland (a/d.), visible only on the lower surface
of the mass. At the base of this mass is the spermatheca, sp. ;
downward is the greater hermaphrodite passage (ghd), bearing be-
low the globular Swammerdam’s vesicle (S. v.), which is functional
as a reservoir of spermatozoa; and the female system ends below
this in the external opening (0). Thence the male system continues
as a groove or furrow in the integument passing forward to the
vicinity of the right anterior tentacle, where the penis is situated.
This organ (seen retracted in pl. 62, fig. 2, and extended in pl. 37,
fig. 19) is grooved lengthwise, continuing the furrow just described,
for the passage of spermatozoa. It is retracted by a muscle at-
tached distally to the body wall (fig. 2, 7m.).
APLYSIID®. 63
Pl. 62, figs. 1, 2, represent Ac/esia pleit ; fig. 3, isa diagrammatic
figure representing the internal structure of the annexed genital
mass of Aplysia.
Laterature of the Aplysiide.
(1) After the early work of Bonapsca on the anatomy, and
LinnE on the “system,” of Aplysia, the group received little atten-
tion until (II) Cuvier published his Memoire sur le genre Aplysia
in 1805. This was followed by an anatomical and systematic mon-
ograph of the Mediterranean forms by DrELLEe Carase (1823), and
an illustrated monograph by BLarinvILLy in Journal de Physique,
etc., Vol. 96,1825. This monograph is the only systematic work
on the group which the writer has not seen. Its substance seems to
be repeated by Blainville in his articles, “ Litvre marin” and
“ Dolabelle,’ in the Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, 1819,
1823. See also his Manuel de Malacologie, 1825.
The next stage (III) in the history of the group is represented
by Rana’s monographic Histoire Naturelle des Aplysiens, 1825; one
of the most satisfactory monographs ever written on a mollusk
group, and, although now nearly seventy years old, still singularly
useful and complete. Scarcely any descriptions of species by more
recent writers approach those of Rang in lucidity and comprehen-
siveness. All of the main genera were understood by Rang,
although he considered them subdivisions only of Aplysia, using
that generic term in a rather wider than Lamarckian sense. Sub-
sequent systematic work on the family has added little to Rang’s
foundation aside from new species. The genera Aplysia, Dolabella
and Dolabrifera have been monographed by SowERBy in the Conch-
ologia Iconica, but as the plan of that work excluded all but purely
shell features, these treatises are practically useless in the study of
the Aplysiide, the shells of which are comparatively uncharacter-
istic.
- (IV) In quite recent times the Ap/ysiide have attracted the at-
tention of numerous morphologico-systematic zoologists, among
whom may be mentioned BLrocuMANN, Mittheil. Zool. Sta. Neapel,
1884; VaysstERE, Recherches sur les Mollusques Opistobranches,
1885, MazzareE_i, Atti della R. Accademia Scienze, etc., Napoli,
1890, 1891; Zool. Anz., 1889, etc.; Zuccarpi, Boll. Soc. Nat.
Napoli, 1890, and others. Nearly all of these investigations have
been made on Mediterranean forms.
64 APLYSIIDA.
The Aplysiide, as a whole, are among the most modified Tecti-
branchs. None of the existing genera approach the primitive con-
dition of the family. No fossil forms are known.
ANALYTICAL KEY TO GENERA OF APLYSIID.
a. Anterior ends of pleuropodial (dorsal) lobes well separated, the
lobes mobile and freely separable, at least in front; shell thin,
with but little lime; genital orifice in front of the gill. Ex-
ternal integument not warty. Lateral teeth with long cusps,
serrate on both sides, Aplysvine.
b. Rhinophores (posterior tentacles) situated near the middle
of the space from anterior ends of dorsal lobes to the front.
tentacles ; genital orifice under edge of mantle, |. Ternys.
bb. Rhinophores small, situated between anterior ends of dor-
sal lobes; mantle posterior, the genital orifice in front of
and not covered by it, II. PARAPLYSIA.
aa. Anterior ends of pleuropodial lobes contiguous, separated only
by the genital groove, the lobes not freely mobile or readily
spread outward; external integument usually warty or rough-
ened.
b. Genital opening well in front of the main mass of the gill ; ©
radula with a wide central tooth, and narrower laterals
with several denticles, Dolabrijerine.
c. Mantle covering gill, at least in part; dorsal slit.
mainly or wholly behind middle of the animal’s
length ; sole of foot broad.
d. A small but well-developed shell present; back
of animal convex.
e. Body widest behind middle ; no opening in
the mantle exposing the shell; gill largely
uncovered by, and projecting beyond, the
mantle, III. DonaABRIFERA.
ee. Body widest near the middle; a large open-
ing in mantle exposing part of the shell,
IV. PETALIFERA.
dd. Shell wanting ; body very flat; teeth tricuspid,
blunt, V. PHYLLAPLYSIA.
ce. Gill not in the least covered by mantle; dorsal slit
subcentral; sole narrower than the body; shell a
minute vestige or absent ; body plump,
VI. Norarcuvus.
TETHYS. 65
bb. Genital opening under the hind part of the gill; shell
mainly calcareous, with deeply cut, curved posterior sinus,
and subspiral, calloused spire; radula without central
tooth, the teeth all narrow, of the same form, and with
long, simple cusps, Dolabelline. VII. DoLaBe.ia.
Subfamily Artysrn Pilsbry.
Pleuropodial lobes well-developed, their anterior ends separated ;
genital orifice in front of the gill; radula with wide, denticulate
rhachidian teeth, and narrower, serrate and denticulate laterals,
Shell flexible.
Genus TETHYS Linné, 1758.
Tethys Linn., Syst. Nat. (10), p. 653, types limacina (unidentify-
able) and leporina (1758).—Pitssry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
1895, p. 347. NOT Tethys Linn., 1767, nor Tethys, Tethis, Thethys,
Thetis, etc., of subsequent authors, to the present day.— Aplysia
Liny., Syst. Nat. (12), p. 1072, and of most subsequent and all mod-
ern authors.—Laplysia Linn., tom. cit., p. 1082, type depilans.—
Siphonotus A. ADAMS & REEVE, Zool. Samarang, Moll., p. 64 (1848),
type S. geographicus (preoccupied).—Syphonota Pease, P. Z. S.,
1860, p. 23.—Syphonopyge Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen des
Thier-Reichs, iii, Malacozoa, pt. 2, p. 799 (1866), type S. geographi-
cus.—Neaplysia Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., iil, p. 57 (1863),
A. californica Coop.—Esmia Lracu, Synopsis Moll. Gt. Brit., p.33
(1852), type E. griffithsiana = young Tethys punctata Cuy.—Lernea
Bouapscu, 1761, (not binomial), and of Linnzus’ 5th and 6th
editions.—Dolabella Risso, 1826, and in part of Lamarck, 1822.
Animal swollen behind, narrower in front, with rather long neck
and head, bearing folded tentacles and slit rhinophores as usual in
the family, the latter about midway between tentacles and dorsal
slit. Pleuropodia arising in front of the middle of animal’s length,
ample, freely mobile, free throughout their length or united for a
distance behind, functional as swimming lobes; anterior ends sep-
arated. Mantle nearly covering the gill, having a median tube,
foramen or orifice communicating with shell-cavity, and produced
behind in a more or less developed lobe or lobes, folded to form an
excurrent siphon. Genital orifice under front edge of mantle, in
front of gill; opaline gland present, a short distance behind genital
opening. Foot well-developed.
5
66 TETHYS.
Shell very thin, membranous with a thin calcareous inner layer,
nearly as large as mantle, concave, with pointed, small apex, bearing
a recurved lamina, and having a concave posterior sinus.
Distribution: all tropical and warm temperate seas.
A reference to the table of genera on p. 64, will show the general
relations this genus bears toward other genera of the family.
Species of Tethys have been known and noticed in the literature
of the precocious Mediterranean peoples from very early times. The
resemblance to a land mammal commemorated in the English com-
mon name, Sea-Hare, was first noticed by the Greeks, who called it
Lagoés thalassios. 'The Romans and medizval writers paraphrased
this in Lepus marinus; and the French vernacular Lievre de mer,
the Italian Lepre marina, etc., retain the same idea. Some other
French names for the slabby beast, more appropriate than polite,
are given by Rang. The natural history compilers of the Roman
and Middle Age periods, collected all sorts of absurd popular stories
about the dangerous and deadly qualities of Aplysia; for the water-
side folk the world over usually consider any uneatable animal as
dangerous or poisonous. The memory of one of these tales—that
baldness resulted from handling the animal—survives in the name
of one of the species, depilans. The nauseous odor of the living
animal may have something to do with its ill repute.
Aplysias not only crawl with facility, but the typical species swim
freely and rapidly by means of a wing-like motion of the pleuro-
podia or “ swimming lobes.”
The generic name of the genus has been discussed by the writer
in Proce. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1895, pp. 847-350 ; but a brief re-
statement of the facts there brought forward may be useful in this
place.
The genus Tethys was founded by Linné in the tenth edition of
the Systema Nature, p. 653 (1858), for two species, both of which
are unquestionably sea-hares.
In the twelfth edition (1767) of the Systema, p. 1089, Linné
wholly alters the diagnosis of Tethys, applying that generic name to
the Nudibranch still known as Tethys (see Tryon, Structural and
Systematic Conchology, ii, p. 381, pl. 90, f. 15; Fischer, Manuel, p.
538, pl. 18, £9; Woodward, Manual, pl.13,f.9). In this edition
of the Systema, a new name, Aplysia or Laplysia, is proposed for the
sea-hares. It would seem, therefore, that if we are to adopt the
TETHYS. 67
tenth edition of the Systema, 1758, as the starting point for binomial
nomenclature, no option is left us but to restore the earliest name,
Tethys, to this group, and to reject that term from the nomenclature
of nudibranchiata.
The features most depended on for specific characters are (1) the
size and degree of union posteriorly of the swimming lobes; (2) the
nature of the mantle-foramen leading to shell-cavity, which may be
a large orifice, a minute puncture, or a little tube; (3) the degree
of development of the free posterior lobes of mantle forming the ex-
current siphon; (4) the nature of the opaline gland, grape-bunch-
like or scattered, the former having a single external opening, the
latter many ; (5) the consistency and form of shell; and (6) color-
pattern (rather than color), and general proportions of animal.
The structure of the penis will probably be utilized also, iv future.
The dentition presents slight differential characters, but too small to
be of any practical value in discriminating species, so far as pub-
lished figures and my own preparations go. Perhaps a wider range
of observations will show greater divergence.
A large amount of work remains to be done before the internal
classification of Tethys can be said to approach the standard of
present-day zoology. So many species are still imperfectly known,
or described merely from the least characteristic organ—the shell—
that any attempt at a natural arrangement of the species now possi-
ble will doubtless be subject to much revision in the future. Asa
preliminary sketch is offered the following :
Synopsis of Subgenera and Sections.
Subgenus Teruys Linné.
Body not prolonged backward in an attenuated tail; sole of foot
wide.
Section Tethys (restricted).
Swimming lobes ample and free behind as far as their junction
with the foot; opaline gland of the “grape-bunch” type, opening
externally by a single orifice; mantle having a subcentral minute
foramen or a little tube communicating with shell cavity; shell
with no accessory plate arising within the upper margin. Type 7,
leporina Linn.
68 TETHYS.
Section Neaplysia Cooper, 1863.
Swimming lobes short, somewhat united behind ; opaline gland
opening externally by a single orifice ; mantle having a minute sub-
central tube communicating with shell cavity; shell having a mem-
branous erect accessory plate arising near the apex. Type and only
species, 7. californica Coop.
Section Aplysia Linné, 1766.
Swimming lobes ample, united behind the excurrent siphon ; opa-
line gland multiple, opening externally by numerous independent
ducts; mantle having a rather large oval thin-edged opening into
shell cavity ; shell with no accessory plate, usually convex and cal-
eareous. Type, 7. depilans Linné.
Subgenus PHycopHiLa Adams, 1861.
Body compressed with long tail and narrow sole. Type, T.
euchlora Ad.
In the following pages the species are arranged geographically,
this being, perhaps, the best plan for the present, many forms being
still known by the shell alone, and the characters necessary for the
natural classification of some others are still unknown.
The section Neaplysia consists of but one known species, NV. cali-
fornica, p. 89.
Section Aplysia is widely distributed, and contains the following
species :
European Seas: punctata, depilans.
West Atlantic and Antillean: parvula.
West America: rangiana, (? nigra, ? inea).
Polynesia : elongata.
Australian Seas: concava ?
China and Japan: fusca.
Western Indian Ocean: nigrocineta.
Habitat unknown. anguilla ?
Section Tethys is the most numerous in species, and occurs on all
tropical and warm temperate coasts except western North America.
All species not enumerated above are supposed to belong to this
group; and probably nigra and inca of Orbigny also group here,
although they have the swimming lobes united behind as in the re-
stricted section Aplysia.
TETHYS—EUROPEAN. 69
I. Species of European Seas.
a. Swimming lobes united behind as far up as the excurrent siphon ;
mantle having a wide median orifice exposing the shell, its
edges not thickened. A group of unicellular glands each with
independent duct in place of the opaline gland
depilans, punctata.
aa. Swimming lobes free to their union with the fout behind ; man-
tle having a median minute perforation or a little tube.
6. Opaline gland with multiple ducts; green; length 27 em.
lobiancot
6b. Opaline gland grape-bunch like, with one duct.
c. Length 12-20 cm.; very dark, sometimes flecked with
light leporina
ce. Length 6 cm.; obscure green, marbled with black
marmorata
ccc. Pale yellowish with scattered black rings dactylomela
fT. DEPILANS Linné. Pl. 23, figs. 26, 27; pl. 24; pl. 33, fig. 25.
Length about 20 em. Shorter and more compressed than T. lep-
orina. Swimming lobes united behind as far forward as the mantle
siphon; foot rounded posteriorly. Mantle or gill-cover with a
broad round orifice leading into the shell-cavity, and surrounded by
dark brown rays. On the under side of mantle edge the numerous
glands secreting a milky fluid (homologous with the purple glands _
of T. leporina) open. Siphon of the mantle shorter than in lepo-
rina; genital and anal openings as in /eporina. Behind the genital
opening there are numerous one-celled glands each with its separate
opening, in place of the grape-bunch like gland of leporina (pl. 33,
fig. 25).
Color extremely variable ; generally the ground is light brown,
often gray-brown, rarely quite dark, always with white or light
gray spots with irregular outlines. Shell similar to that of leporina,
but with stronger calcareous layer.
Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas; Atlantic: Torbay, 8. coast
Devon, England, and Channel Is.; W. coast of France, Madeira,
(? and Cape of Good Hope).
Laplysia depilans L., Syst. Nat., 12, p. 1082, founded mainly on
Lernea of Bohadsch, de quibusdam animalius marinis, etc., pl. 1-3.
—Baresvt, The Gen. Vermium, p. 31, pl. 3, f.5,6.—Brua., Encyel.
Méth., pl. 83, 84 (copied from Bohadsch).—Lam., An. s. Vert., PEN-
70 TETHYS—EUROPEAN.
NANT, B. Zool., iv, p. 35, pl. 21, f. 21.— Aplysia depilans GMEL.., Syst.
p- 3103.— Rane, Hist. Nat. Aplys, p. 62, pl. 16, 17.—VayssIERE,
Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 65, f. 51-58 (anatomy).—BLocHMANN,
Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Neapel, v, p. 32, pl. 3, f 2,5, 10 (anat.).—
ZuccaRDI, Boll. Soc. Nat. in Napoli, (1), iv, p. 6, pl. 1, f. 1, 4, 10,
18, 15; pl. 2, f. 25-29 (teeth and jaws)— Warson, Challenger Gas-
trop., p. 673.—Monrs., J. de Conchyl., 1877, p. 46.— Tethys lima-
cina LINNE, Syst. Nat., 10, p.653, teste Linné, S. N., 12, p. 1082.—
? Dolabella fragilis Lam., An.s. Vert., vi, 2me pt., p. 42 (1822).—
? Aplysia “major” LANKESTER, Philos. Trans., clxv, 1875, p. 13
(embryology).—A. petersoni Sows., Genera of Shells, Aplysia, fig.
1.—? Dolabella lavis Buarny., Dict. Se. Nat., xiii, p. 395.—A plisia
leporina DELLE CutaJsE, Memorie, pp. 28, 41, 71, pl. 2, 4,5 (1823).
—Aplisia poliana DELLE CuIaJE, t. ¢., p. 30,73, pl. 3, f. 1.—A. poli
DELLE CHIAJE, t. ¢., p. 72.—A. vulgaris Buatnv., Man. de Malacol.,
p. 472, referring to Journ. de Phys., Vol. 96, fig. 8 (1825).
The large orifice in the mantle over the shell, surrounded by
brown rays, and the posteriorly united swimming lobes are charac-
teristic.
T. punctTaTa Cuvier. Plate 30, figs. 1 to 11.
Length 7-15 em. but mostly smaller; form about as in 7. depi-
lans. Swimming lobes completely united behind as far forward as the
excurrent siphon, not very ample. Upper surface of mantle irides-
cent, with a large, oval orifice leading into shell-cavity ; edge with
purple glands as in 7. leporina, and unicellular glands with granu-
lar contents, probably slime glands. Behind the genital open-
ing is a group of one-celled glands as in 7. depilans.
Color purplish-black, brownish or greenish-brown, always closely
spotted with pale rounded dots and small spots, which usually show
some opaque white specks.
Alcoholic specimens (well preserved) are gray (produced by
minute ashy speckling on a clear ground) with pale spots, the lobes
darker, their inside edges with alternating dark and light bars, man-
tle brown. Occasionally all pigment is lost.
Shell quite convex, pale yellow outside, ovate, the outer margin
hardly angular ; beak well incurved ; calcareous layer nearly coex-
tensive with the membranous, and moderately strong.
Mediterranean and Adriatic Seas; Atlantic from Norway and all
British coasts, to the Canaries.
TETHYS—EUROPEAN. alt
Laplysia punctata Cuvier, Ann. du Mus., ii, p. 295, pl. 1, f. 2-4
(1803); Regne Anim., ii, p. 398—Rane,{Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 65,
pl. 18, f. 2-4.—Purt., Enum. Moll. Sicil., p. 124; ii, p. 97, pl. 22,
f. 1.—Jxrrrreys, Brit. Conch., v, p. 5. pl. 1, f.1.—Sars, Moll. Reg.
Arct. Nory., pl. xii, f. 18 (anatomy).—VayssIERE, Rech. Moll.
Opistobr., p. 68, f. 67-69 (anatomy)—Sows., Conch. Icon., f. 41 a,
b (shell)—Briocumany, Mittheil. Z. Stat. Neap., v, p. 34, pl. 3, f.
3, 6, 11, 13—Zuccarp1, Boll. Soc. Nat. Nap. (1), iv, p. 5, pl. 1, f
8, 6, 9, 12, 16, 30-33 (jaws and teeth)—McInrosu, The Marine
Invert. and Fishes of St. Andrews, p. 84, pl. 3, f. 1—A. hybrida
Sows., Brit. Mise., pl. 53 (1806).—Forsres «& Haney, Hist. Br.
Moll., iii, p. 544, pl. 114F, f. 4, and YY, f. 1.—J. depilans PENn.,
Brit. Zool., edit. 4, Vol. iv, p. 42, pl. 21, f. 21—A. varians Leacn,
Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 33 (1852).—? Esmia griffithsiana Leacu, t.
¢., p. 34, pl. 7, f. 8-10 (young) =griffithsie Gray, Figs. Moll. Anim.
ili, pl. 268, f. 18.—A. mustelina Davies, in Penn. Brit. Zool. edit.,
1812, iv, p. 79, pl. 22—A. nexa THompson, Ann. Nat., Hist., xv, p.
318, pl. 19, f. 8 (1845).—Aplisia cuviert and A. cuvieriana DELLE
CnrasE, Memorie, p. 41, 71 (1823).—A. guttata Sars, Archiv fur
Naturg., 1840, p. 213, pl. 7, f. a-g (embryology).—? A. dumortiert
CANTRAINE, Malac. Médit. et Lit., p. 71, pl. 3, f. 2 (very young).—
A. subquadrata “ Gould,” Sows., Conch. Icon., xvii, pl. 9, f. 39a, 0.
Conf. Amer. Journ. Conch., v, p. 222.—Aplysia punctata—cuviert
DELLE Cutase, Mem. An.s. Vert. de Regno di Napoli, pl. 77, f.
15, 16.—A. marginata Pare., Enum, Moll. Sicil., ii, p. 98, pl. 22, f 2.
—? A. marginata Buainy., Journ. de Phys., Vol. 96, 1823, p. 285,
f.5; Dict. Se. Nat., xxvi, p. 326; (described from specimens of un-
known origin, in coll. of the College of Surgeons, London).—Aphy-
sia albo-punctata Desu., Traité Elém, de Conch., ii, p. 59 (name only)
pl. 92, figs. 1, 2 (1839-1857, Atlas, 1864).—A. cuvieri Delle Chiaje,
FiscHer, Faune Conch. mar. Gironde 2e Suppl., in Actes Soe,
Linn. Bord., xxix, 1874, p. 193.—Monts., J. de Conchyl., 1877, p.
46.—A. longicornis Rane, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 66, pl. 19, f. 1-4
(1828).— Aplysia stellata Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., p. 43;
Journ. de Physique, de Chimie et d’ Hist. Nat. Ixxxvii, p. 375 (1818).
—? Aplysia rosea RATHKE, Skrivter af Naturhistorie-Selskabet, v,
Iste Hefte, p. 85, 147, pl. 3, f. 12 a, 6 (1799).
This is smaller than the preceding species, with the lobes more
united posteriorly, the orifice over the shell larger (its edge very
(fe TETHYS—EUROPEAN.
finely radially crenulate), and the system of coloring different. It
is also more widely diffused.
The name A. rosea of Rathke, if really belonging to this species,
has precedence over punctata ; but it was founded on a young speci-
men, and the coloring described (“ roseate, spotted with white and
brown ”’) is unlike any specimens known to me. It was from near
Christiania.
Jeffreys (Brit. Conch., v, p. 7) refers the A. varians and Esmia
grifithsiana of Leach to punctata. The descriptions and figures of
these are very ambiguous.
T. LEPORINA Linné. PI. 33, fig. 20, 21, 22, 23, 24.
Length of adults about 12-30 em. Form when resting, compar-
atively high and narrow. Epipodial lobes large, completely free to
the hind part of the foot. Foward tentacles are mere flat prolonga-
tions of the integument on each side of the mouth. The small eyes
are forward from the bases of the true tentacles. Foot rather acute
posteriorly; mantle or gill-cover with a foramen produced in a
small tube in the middle above; the unicellular purple glands open-
ing on the under side of its edge. Posteriorly the mantle edge
forms a short siphon, in the depth of which lies the anus. Genital
opening under the front end of the gill. Behind the genital open-
ing is the orifice of the grape-like opaline gland (fig. 24). The
albumen gland is orange-red.
Color deep velvety blackish-violet, frequently with gray or with
whitish flecks. Tentacles and edges of epipodial lobes often with a
more or less intense red border. Sole and inside of lobes lighter.
Radula with the formula 30°1°30 to 50°1°50 when adult, 70-80
transverse rows (pl. 33, fig. 23).
Shell 70 mill. long, 60 broad, 20 high, subquadrangular, convex,
thin, subopaque, composed of two layers: the external layer is cor-
neous, pale amber-yellow, membranous, and readily separated from
the calcareous, vitreous lighter and shining inner layer. Surface
with growth lines and obsolete radial folds and grooves. Spire
covered by an irregular callous deposit.
Western basin of the Mediterranean ; abundant on the coasts of
Italy (Naples, ete.), Sicily, Algiers, southern coast of France (Gulf
of Marseilles, etc.).
Tethys leporina LINNe, Syst. Nat., 10, p. 563 (founded on Lepus
marinus of Rondelet, Lib. de Pisce. marinis, p. 520, woodcut).—
TETHYS—EUROPEAN. 73
Laplisia fasciata Bosc, Hist. Nat. des Vers, i, 1802, p. 63.—Laply-
sia fasciata Porret, Voy. en Barbarie, ii, p. 2 ; and in German trans-
lation of same, Reise in die Barbarey, 2ter Theil, p. 67 (1789).—
GMEL., Syst. Nat., 13, p. 3103.—Cuvier, Ann. du Mus,, iii, p. 295,
pl. 2-4 (anatomy).—Rane, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 54, pl. 6, 7.—
VayssIERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., p. 60, figs. 59-66 (anatomy).—
Bug., Dautz, & Dottr., Moll. Rouss., i, p. 546, pl. 65, f. 4, 5 (shell).
—Monts., Journ. de Conchyl., 1877, p. 45, and of authors generally.
—A. depilans Buainv., Journ. de Phys., Vol. 96, p. 285 (1823),
and Dict. Se. Nat., xxvi, p. 327; Man. de Malacol., pl. 48, f. 4—
? Dolabella lepus Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., iv, p. 44, pl. 1, f. 1,
2 (1826).—A plysia lepus Poin. (de novo), Enum. Moll. Sicil., 11, p.
99 (1844).—Aplisia neapolitana and napolitana DELLE CHIAJE,
Mem. su la storia e Notomia delgi Anim. s. Vert. del Reg. di Nap-
oli, i, pp. 31, 39, 70, ete. pl. 3, f. 2 (1823).—A. camelus CuviER,
Ann. du Mus, d’Hist. Nat., ii, p. 295, pl. 1, f. 1 (1803),—A. camelh-
formis Locarp, Annales de la Soc. d’Agricult., ete. de Lyon, fifth
ser., vill, p. 66 (1886).—A. alba Cuv., |. ¢., pl. 1, f. 5, 6 (both
founded on alcoholic and decolored specimens).—A. limacina L.,
BriocuMann, Mittheil. Z. Stat. Neapel, v, p. 29, pl. 3, f. 1, 4, 9, 12.
—Zuccarpvti, Boll. della Soe. di Naturalisti in Napoli, iv, p. 5, pl.
1, f. 2, 5, 7, 8, 11, 14; pl. 2, f. 17-24, 34-37 (1890). Probably not
Tethys limacina Linné, an absolutely unidentifiable species subse-
quently referred to A. depilans by Linn.— Aplysia radiata CRoucn,
Illustr. Introd. Lam. Conch., p. 44, pl. 14, f.10, 10a (1827).
This is an abundant species, differing from depilans and punctata
in the free backward extension of the dorsal lobes, and the minute
foramen in the mantle leading to the shell-cavity, with the edges
thickened, somewhat tubular.
I have not seen the original edition of Poiret’s travels in which
A. fasciata was first published, and therefore do not know its date.
It was apparently after 1786, the last year of the voyage, and be-
fore 1788, because Gmelin cites it in the Systema. The German
translation is 1789. I adopt Linnzeus’ specific name because Ronde-
let’s figure and description of the coloration agree well with this
species, and not with any other European Sea Hare.
T. Loprancor Mazzarelli. Unfigured.
Length (in alcohol) 27 em. Green. Swimming-lobes free as far
as their union with the foot behind, as in leporina. Gill-cover
74 TETHYS—EUROPEAN.
ample, and its opening is very small. Siphon as in Jeporina, long;
and over its inner right wall lies a very large anal opening. Gillas
figured by Blochmann for depilans. Genital opening lies under the
gill-cover a little in front of the gill, as in other Aplysias. Sperm-
groove ends a little before the right tentacle, as in leporina and
chierchiana. The tentacles show nothing characteristic. The radula
is lancet-shaped, with 37 rows, the median ones with 41°1°41 teeth.
Penis similar in shape to that of depilans, but it is not black (in
alcohol), and its sheath does not show the papille as in depilans.
The opaline-gland (or gland behind the genital opening) consists of
a group of one-celled glands, each with its separate efferent duct, as in
depilans, lessoni and punctata.
Shell 75 mill. long, very thin, entirely transparent and almost
without chalky layer. In general it agrees nearly with that of
leporina.
Bay of Posilippo, Gulf of Naples (Lo Bianco).
Aplysia lobiancoti MaszARELLI, Nachrichtsbl. D. Malak. Gesell-
sch. xxii, 1890, p. 42.
This species seems to have been described from one alcoholic spec-
imen, scarcely to be distinguished from /eporina in external anatomy,
but with the opaline gland and penis more as in depilans. It can
hardly be regarded as well founded until living specimens are de-
scribed, and the anatomical features are found to be constant.
T. MaRMoRATA Blainville. Pl. 33, figs. 26, 27, 28, 29.
Length about 60 mill. Oval, smooth, the foot acute behind.
Swimming-lobes large. Mantle broad with a median tube; the ex-
current siphon conic and quite long. Color, obscure greenish, mar-
bled with black spots.
Shell ovate, elongated, very concave, nearly membranaceous, or
at least with a slight calcareous layer readily lost in alcohol; buff
livid; apex feebly curved toward the upper sinus of the shell, which
is far back and little arcuate. Length 20 mill.
West coast of France ; Bayonne, Rochelle, ete.
A. marmorata BLAINv., Dict.Se. Nat. xxvi, p. 326 (1823) ; Journ.
de Phys., Vol. 96, p. 286, f.3, 4—Rana, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 58, pl.
12, f. 6-9.
I have not seen thisspecies. It will probably group near leporina.
TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. 75
T. MELANOPUS Crouch. PI. 38, figs. 1, 2.
This form is described as 43 inches long, very plump, foot of a
dark brown color; whole of the body with the exception of the man-
tle and foot, is marked with tints of red on the brilliant yellow sur-
face. The shell is two inches wide, half-oval, thin, subcartilaginous
and marked with faint lines diverging from the straight border ;
almost, but not exactly in the middle of the upper portion was a
prominence or projection, but so injured as not to be accurately
defined. Its surface was slightly tinged with brown.
East coast of Cornwall.
Aplysia melanopus Croucn, P. Z. S., 1870, p. 173, figs. 1, 2.
Known to me by Crouch’s description and figures. The struct-
ural characters are still unknown. ‘Type is in British Museum.
II. Species of the West Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico.
a. Mantle with a minute median perforation or a little tube; opa-
line gland opening by a single orifice.
b. Variegated with rings or ocellated spots.
c. With scattered large black rings, dactylomela, ceequorea.
cc. With many small rings, protea, schrammi.
bb. Maculated or clouded with blackish; shell with extremely
thin calcareous layer, livida, willeoxi, cailleti.
bbb. Uniform black outside, or nearly so.
ce. Mantle with a tube; swimming lobes arising far back
unicolored, braziliana.
ec. Mantle with perforation ; lobes with spots along inner
margin, floridensis.
aa. Mantle with a large median orifice.
b. Animal small; shell very convex, calcareous, parvula.
T. DACTYLOMELA Rang. PI. 32, figs. 16, 17, 18, 19.
Length about 17 em. Always much swollen, with elongated lead
and tail; rugose. Mantle or gill-cover with w minute central tube,
and a well developed siphon behind. Swimming lobes not united as
far forward as the siphon.
Color pale yellow of various shades, more or less covered in differ-
ent individuals, with black rings, irregular and of various sizes.
Inner sides of lobes and the mantle with large black spots of different
forms. Borders of the swimming lobes tinged with violet.
76 TETHYS—ANTILLEAN.
Shell large, much dilated, a little diaphanous, amber colored out-
side, with a visible enamel within; posterior sinus deeply arcuate ;
beak recurved, triangular, thick and calloused. Alt. 42 mill.
Strait of St. Iago, Cape Verde Is. (Rang); Bermuda ?, Bahamas ?
Florida ?
Aplysia dactylomela RANG, Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 56, pl. 9 (1828).—
RocuHEBRUNE, Nouv. Arch. du Mus., 1881, p. 264.
A. ocellata Ors., Hist. Nat. des Iles Canaries Moll., p. 44, pl. 5,
f. 1-4.
A. equorea HEILPRIN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1888, p. 325,
pl.16,f.2; and The Bermuda Islands, p. 185, pl. 15, f. 2a, 2b (1889).
Conf. Dosson, Journ. Linn. Soc., xv, p. 159.
Like T. leporina, this species has a minute, tubular foramen over
the shell.
Several east and west Atlantic forms agreeing in the marking of
dark rings and the minute, tubular orifice in the mantle, may best
be included as varieties under dactylomela until they are shown to
have differential features of value.
Var. OCELLATA Orbigny. Plate 31, figs. 12, 13, 14, 15.
Length 33 cm. Elongated, flabby, very fleshy, thick, enlarged
behind; neck long; mouth encircled by rather wide lips and large,
thick buccal appendages, depressed and convoluted at their ends;
tentacles stout, short, conic ; eyes small, placed in front of the ten-
tacles. Swimming lobes large, equal, thick, united behind. Mantle
large, without orifice above, ending posteriorly in a wide, thin tongue,
sometimes greatly extended. Gills foliated in regular branches,
which sometimes are extraordinary prolonged. Foot narrow, folded,
strongly contracted at neck, and acuminate behind.
Colors: The sides, neck and head are marked by ocellations of
black violet which surround a yellow spot subdivided by crack-like
lines. The intervals between ocellze are yellow, subdivided in the
same way with black-violet lines. On the head, in front of the
tentacles, are two more regular ocelli. Tentacles and buccal append-
ages are zebra-striped with the same color on a yellowish ground,
more or less violet tinged. Parts bordering the foot visibly violet.
Inside of lobes clear violet, marked with indistinct longitudinal
lines. Mantle violet, with yellow spots divided by lines; and there is
one rounded black spot, surrounded by a marginal band of very
deep violet. The gills are clear rose-violet. Foot rose color.
TETHYS—ANTILLEAN, Ue
Shell of the usual form, very thin, and provided at the beak with
a strong raised plate above, which is not found in European species.
Near Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canaries (Orb.).
Var. eQUOREA Heilprin. PI. 35, figs. 33, 34, 35.
“Length about 42 inches. Body broadly oval, with a moderately
elongated neck ; tentacles cylindrical, slit at the extremity ; buccal
lobes broad, infolded ; opercular cavity on a slightly raised papilla”
Swimming lobes very ample, free, united behind only at their insertion
far back on the foot, which seems short posteriorly. Right edge of
mantle deeply sinused at its posterior third, with a short excurrent
siphon. Genital orifice slightly in front of, and below the anterior
insertion of gill. Opal-gland with a single orifice about 6 mill.
back of genital orifice.
Color (in alcohol) light olive-gray, with very sparsely scattered
irregular and unequal rings, traced in narrow black lines, and rang-
ing from 3 to 5 mill. diam. There are also a few irregular black
lines. Insides of swimming lobes and the mantle unicolored brownish-
drab, free from markings, except for a couple of small black blotches
within left lobe.
Shell with a moderately strong layer of lime at the apex, thick-
ened, calloused, and refleced backward in an erect plate (somewhat
like a Pholas valve); outer layer yellow, membranous ; posterior
sinus rather deeply concave, nearly half the shell’s length, and form-
ing an angle with the outer lip. Leagth about 42 mill.
Bermuda, in shallow water, south side of Castle Harbor, opposite
Tucker’s Town.
The above description is from the type collected by Professor
Heilprin. It is considerably contracted and the shell has been re-
moved. ‘The original description was also from the alcoholic (not
the living) animal, the length being supplied from memory. As
Heilprin remarks, this form differs from dactylomela and ocellata in
lacking the markings on the mantle and the insides of swimming
lobes ; moreover in this individual the black circles are very few in
number and delicately outlined, and the swimming lobes are not
violet bordered. As it was not described living, no complete com-
parison can be made with d’Orbigny’s circumstantial account of
ocellata. The identity of the Bermuda Ap/ysia commented upon by
Dobson, that collected in the Bahamas by Dr. Dolley, and the A.
schrammiu of Deshayes, with the present form remains problematic
78 TETHYS—-ANTILLEAN.
until series of specimens can be examined. Dobson’s Bermuda spec- ~
imen had the mantle much variegated. It is likely that the type of
equorea is young, hardly over half-grown.
T. pROTEA Rang. PI. 37, figs. 20, 21, 22.
Length 16 cm. Body slabby, extremely swollen, the tentacles
quite long. Smooth, of variable color, but green and yellow pre-
dominate, with numerous ring-shaped spots of black, red and green.
Shell wide, the apex much projecting and triangular. It is quite
solid, the calcareous layer nacreous, sinus rather deep but quite wide.
Cuticle yellow. Length 36 mill.
Bay of Fort Royal, Martinique (Richard, Plée).
A. protea Rane, Hist. Nat. des Aplysiens, p. 56, pl. 10, f. 1-3
(1828).—OrsiGny, Moll. Cuba, i, p. 117.—Morcn, Malak. BI. xxii,
p- 176 ; Journ. de Conchyl. 1863, p. 23.--BEav, Catal. Coq. recueillies
4 la Guadaloupe et ses dépendences, p. 20.—ARANGO, Fauna Malac.
Cubana, p. 155.—[K ress] The West Indian Marine Shells, p. 91.—
DALL, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus. vi, 1883, p. 324; Cat. Mar. Moll. S.-E. U.
S. (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 37) p. 90; List of Marine Mollusca,
etc., p. 24, 25.
This species has been reported from Key West, Florida (Hemp-
hill), St. Augustine, Fla. and Bermuda (Dall), Cuba (Arango), St.
Thomas and Sta. Cruz (Riise, Krebs, Morch et al.), [let 4 Cochons,
near Guadaloupe (Beau), Carthagena, Columbia (Krebs) ; but some
of these localities may rest upon incorrect identifications.
This beautiful species, very abundant in the Antilles, says Rang,
is quite distinct from allits allies. The back is extremely swollen,
the swimming lobes are large, with usually wavy borders, the neck
is slender, and the tail pointed. The tentacles are large, the mantle
flabby, foot large, and operculum much extended. The coloration
is very changeable. In the water it appears greenish ; and in the
air has a different aspect. The general color is then yellowish, re-
flecting a golden tint; but under all circumstances there are a great
number of black rings, varied with green and red. The colors, as
well as the form and arrangement of these spots vary a good deal,
but they have a handsome effect, especially when the animal is alive.
The membrane of the opercle [mantle] as well as the inside of the
swimming lobes are covered with large and irregular black spots.
When preserved, the animal assumes a livid color, but the black rings
TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. 79
always are retained. ‘The shell of A. protea is one of the most beau-
tiful of the genus. Outside it is a beautiful straw-color, covered
within by quite a thick calcareous layer, sometimes very nacreous.
This animal is known to the negro fisherman by the name baril de
vin, on account of the beautiful fluid it secretes.
The following seems to be a synonym:
A. schrammii Deshayes. Uniform yellowish-white, prettily orna-
mented over the whole surface of the body with small circles of
black, unequal and very irregularly scattered (Desh., Journ. de Con-
chyl. [2], ii, [1857], p. 140). Described from an alcoholic spec-
imen; no information additional to the above has been published.
It may prove to be a 7. protea which has lost all coloration except
the black circles by the action of alcohol.
Gaudeloupe (Schramm).
T. Livipa d’Orbigny. PI. 20, figs. 37, 38, 39.
Length 13-16 cm. Elongated, quite elevated, flabby, wide in the
middle, acuminate behind; neck long. Buccal appendages sepa-
rated by a deep groove in front, very long, narrow, smooth. Tenta-
cles short, subconic. Eyes black, in front of tentacles. Mouth
with thin lips; foot narrow, plicate in front, lengthened behind.
Swimming lobes wide and rounded, united behind. Mantle without
perforation above, but having a depressed line. Siphon long,
tongue-like ; gill longer than mantle.
General color yellowish, mixed with green ; upper parts spotted
with light yellow. Inner borders of swimming lobes with a series of
equidistant, squarish, yellow spots. Its fluid is pale rose colored ;
odor musky.
Shell depressed, very thin, oblong, the posterior sinus shallow;
apex somewhat encrusted.
Bay of Rio Janeiro, Brazil (Orbigny, in October).
Aplysia livida OrnBIGNY, Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 206, refer-
ring to pl. 18, f. 3-5.— Aplysia lurida ORB., t. e. on pl. 18, f. 3-5.
Compare T. willcoxi, which seems to be nearly allied. I consider
Sowerby’s A. guadaloupensis, known only by a description and figure
of the shell, asin all probability a synonym. ‘The original descrip-
tion and figure are here reproduced:
A. guadaloupensis Sowerby. (PI. 35, fig. 36). Shell talon-shaped,
subcompressed, pale yellowish; radiately distantly lightly pitted,
concentrically elegantly striped ; within testaceous, pale pink. Apex
80 TETH YS—ANTILLEAN.
acuminated, produced, reflected, incurved; upper margin sloped,
reflected, excavated, cuneate at the end; outer lip anteriorly sinu-
ously produced ; dorsal margin rather short, reflected ; lower mar-
gin sloped obliquely towards the dorsal margin. (Sowd.).
Guadaloupe (Mus. Cuming).
A. guadaloupensis Sows., C. Icon., pl. v, f. 19 (August, 1869).
“ This shell is beautifully striped on the back.” (Sowb.)
T. wrtucoxt Heilprin. Pl. 35, figs. 30, 31, 32.
Length about 11-15 em. General form about as in T, livida.
Anterior head-processes large, broad and prolonged downward, the
reflexed portion erectly triangular, the mouth between their lower
ends. Tentacles long, with a very short slit. Swimming lobes
ample, united behind only where both join the foot. Mantle with a
very minute tubular perforation with very short black rays around
it, or in some specimens the perforation is not to be seen. Mantle
edge posteriorly notched, and with a long tongue-like siphon lobe-
Opaline gland long, opening by a single large orifice about 15 mill.
behind genital orifice, the latter nearly as far forward as anterior
edge of mantle.
Color in alcohol greenish-yellow, coarsely cloud-marbled or mac-
ulated on the swimming lobes, neck and head, with purplish-black ;
mantle light, with a dark cloud at the front edge. Inside of the
swimming lobes olive-blackish or purple-blackish (rarely pale olive),
with a wide bordering series of irregular, rounded light spots at the
edges.
Penis conic, decidedly enlarged at base, and black-pigmented
there ; a long filament projecting from the apex.
Shell very thin, flattened, translucent ; inner layer extremely thin,
a mere opalescent film; outer layer straw colored, with many con-
centric whitish streaks. Apex a very small curved hook; poste-
rior sinus but little concave, nearly half the shell’s length, its mem-
braneous margin thickened and broadly reflexed across the apex.
Length 56, breadth 40 mill.
Little Gasparilla Bay and Marco, West Florida (Heilprin and
Willcox).
Aplysia willecoxi HEILPR., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1886, p.
364; Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., 1, p. 180, pl. 19 (bad).
This form agrees moderately well with d’Orbigny’s A. livida in
some respects, but it lacks the external light speckling, and the light
TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. 81
markings along the inner edge of swimming lobes are not nearly so
regular as in /ivida. The more important structural characters of
the latter, however, are still unknown. The whole scheme of color-
ing is unlike Rang’s protea, which differs moreover in characters of
the shell. That of 7. willcoxi is uncommonly flat, with extremely
slight, iridescent calcareous layer and wide cuticular borders. The
description is from alcoholic specimens, as was that of Heilprin.
Var. PERVIRIDIS. PI. 55, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Length 14 cm. when living, 11 contracted in alcohol. Body
large, much swollen behind. Anterior processes broadly folded
above; tentacles conic and slit as usual. Swimming lobes very
ample, free, united only at their insertion at the tail. Mantle large,
its perforation extremely minute, with thickened edges but not
tubular, surrounded by fine radial wrinkles, visible only under a
lens (fig. 2, enlarged), the papilla being less than 1 mill. diam.
Posterior right margin of mantle excised and folding into a short
excurrent channel. Genital opening well forward, about as figured
for T. willeoxt. Opaline gland 20-22 mill. behind genital pore,
projecting externally as a pedunculated oval body in the type speci-
men (fig. 1), but perhaps evaginated, in which case it would have
one large orifice.
Colors in life clear green on the head and tentacles, the
swimming lobes olive-green with a coarse-meshed reticulation of
black, subdivided by fine veins, irregularly maculated all over with
light green, these spots having groups of white dots; the extruded
mouth parts purple. In alcohol (for 10 months) it is grass green
with black reticulation on the sides, caused by massing of the black
veins through contraction ; foot clear green ; mantle green with some
whitish clouds; inner surface of swimming lobes green and dirty
whitish, marked with black in the sinus between lobes and body,
the black extending well on the lobes toward the hind end; no no-
ticeable black markings at inside edges of lobes.
Shell large, depressed, thin, yellowish, with fainter concentric
growth wrinkles and coarse faint radii. Calcareous layer thin, the
cuticular layer projecting far beyond it. Apex only moderately
incurved, the epidermis reflexed across it as in T. willcoxi. Sinus
shallow and wide. Length 60, breadth 52 mill.
Cape May, New Jersey (H. Lemon),
82 TETHYS—ANTILLEAN.
This form differs from J. willcovi in lacking the characteristic
pattern of dark marking, and in the longer excision or sinus of the
shell. The animal colors the alcohol in which it is preserved green.
The single specimen was found alive at Cape May in October, 1894.
T. caAILLETI Deshayes.
Nearly as large as A. depilans. Irregularly marbled with green-
ish-brown, very sombre, on a ground of white washed with brown-
reddish ; the free edges of the mantle [swimming lobes] bordered
with a wide zone of the same color but paler. (Desh., Journ. de
Conchyl., 1857, p. 140.)
Guadeloupe (Schramm).
No other information has been published on this form.
T. BRASILIANA Rang. PI. 38, figs. 3, 4, 5.
Length 11 to 13cm. Very much swollen, elongated in front,
somewhat shortened behind, carrying the mantle far back. Tube of
the mantle quite ample and conspicuous. Swimming lobes very
large. Color deep brown.
Shell oblong, of a dark yellow color, the apex little developed ;
posterior sinus almost wanting.
Bay of Rio Janeiro, abundant (Quoy & Gaimard).
Aplysia brasiliana Rane, Hist. Nat. de Aplysiens, p. 55, pl. 8, f.
1-3 (1828).
Rang’s figures and description which I give above are evidently
from alcoholic specimens. He writes: Two quite remarkable char-
acters distinguish A. brasiliana from the other species: first, the
front part, is much lengthened, and the posterior part is rather
short; and second, the opercle [mantle] is placed far toward the
hind end, and consequently obliquely towards the tail. To these
characters we may add the color of the lobes, which is a dark
brown, and the form of the posterior tentacles which are perfectly
conical, while the others are much widened. The lobes are ample
and long and the opercle quite large. The shell, too, is distinct ; it
is of an oblong shape, and an obscure-yellow color; its lower sur-
face is covered by a quite thick calcareous layer, the apex is little
formed, and there is almost no sinus. The type is Aplysia No. 11,
of the anatomical cabinet of the Garden of Plants.
T. FLORIDENSIS Pilsbry, n. sp. PI. 37, figs. 15, 16, 17, 18, 19.
Length about 93 em. Body rather short, with short tail. Head
lobes broad and triangular, the mouth parting their lower median
TETHYS—ANTILLEAN. &3
ends, distal extremities with the fold short. Tentacles small, conic,
conspicuously slit. Swimming lobes ample, free, united behind only
at their union with the foot. Mantle large and convex, smooth,
with a small central thin-edged perforation. Posteriorly having a
conspicuous, large excurrent siphon formed by a broad enlargement
of the free mantle edge. Genital pore under forward right border
of mantle surmounted by a fleshy prominence. Opening of opaline
gland large, single, about 12 mill. back of genital pore, and well
under the gill. Penis, when extended, about 28-30 mill. long,
swollen at base, then tapering.
Color deep purple-black, the inside of swimming lobes slightly
lighter, blotched at the edge with black. Mantle purple-black,
spotted irregularly and indistinctly with lighter fleshy-purple.
Shell rounded, very convex, posterior sinus wide, concave; the
apex well hooked and calloused, the membraneous layer reflexed
behind it, cuticular layer sepia-brown ; membranous margin wide
below; calcareous layer rather thin. Length 39, breadth 34 mill.
Key West, Florida (H.C. Machette).
This form, which, on account of the general color of the body, I
at first regarded as a probable variety of Rang’s A. brasiliana, dif-
fers from that species in the greater proportional size of shell to
total length of the animal, the maculated mantle and inside edges of
the swimming lobes, the simple, thin edged mantle foramen (that of
brasiliana being figured as tubular), and the wider, rounder shell.
The types are two well preserved alcoholic specimens collected by
Mr. Machette in 1893. They stain the liquor a dark-smoky yel-
low.
T. PARVULA (Guilding) Mérch. PI. 37, figs. 23, 24, 25.
Flaccid specimen: Body soft, slender, fusiform ; epipodial lobes
short, entire and continuous behind ; eyes sublateral, in front of the
bases of the tentacles. Tentacles slender, acute. Length 16 mill.
(Morch.)
Contracted specimen : Body leathery, tough, transversely wrinkled
and grooved ; orifice in the mantle large, oval, and like the borders
of the epipodial lobes, margined by a black line. Length 12 mill.
Shell not seen in this specimen, but feels as in the preceding.
(Morch.)
Shell small, rather solid, narrowly ovate or piriform, extremely
convex ; somewhat translucent white or brown tinted, more deeply
so toward the lower margin. Apex strongly incurved, involute and
84 TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN.
calloused, but with no reflexed margin over the tip. Sinus short
and very concave, margined. Surface smooth. Calcareous layer
coextensive with the excessively thin, hardly apparent cuticle.
Length 83, breadth 6 mill.
St. Thomas (A. H. Riise; Dr. Hornbeck) ; St. Vincent (Guild-
ing).
Aplysia parvula Guitpine MS. in Morcu, Journal de Conchyli-
ologie, 1863, p. 22; Mal. Bl. xxii, p. 176.—? A. rosea Rathkey
Sows., Conch. Icon. f. 23 (1869).
I have given Mérch’s very poor descriptions of the soft parts of
this species, and have diagnosed and figured the shell from part of
the original specimens received from Morch. It is unquestionably
a distinct species, not closely allied to any other of the region. The
shell is convex and solid, somewhat like Crepidula convexa Say in
contour. The large oval orifice in the mantle is also a valuable
distinguishing character, other described Antillean forms having
this foramen minute or tubular.
Whether the parvula of Morch is really Guilding’s mss. species is
by no means certain; but fortunately there is no necessity for rais-
ing the question. Sowerby has figured a shell from St. Vincent
under the name A. rosea Rathke, which is the A. parvula of Guild-
ing, according to him; but the real A. rosea was a Scandinavian
species and in all reasonable probability a young punctata Cuv.
III. Species of the West Coast of the Americas.
a. Shell normal, with no accessory plate at the apex.
b. Swimming lobes broadly united behind.
c. Mantle excised behind, but with no tongue-like lobe.
d. Mantle with a submedian perforation. Black, nigra.
dd. Mantle with a large submedian oval orifice. Black-
. ish, rangiana.
ec. Mantle with a submedian perforation, and a posterior
long, tongue-like siphonal lobe. Violet, with some white
spots, blackish in alcohol, inea
bb. Swimming lobes free to their union with foot behind.
c. Mantle with a subcentral tube or papilla; swimming
lobes very ample.
d. Maculated ; opaline gland with one orifice,
chierchiana,
TETHYS-—WEST AMERICAN. 85
dd. Grayish-rose, each tentacle with a black line,
lessont.
ddd. Not so marked ; slender, the tail long, ro bertsi.
ec. Mantle with subcentral minute pore, posteriorly bilobed ;
opaline gland with one orifice, panamensis.
aa. Shell with an accessory plate near apex ; swimming lobes short,
posterior, somewhat united behind ; excurrent siphon long, with
a tongue-like lobe ; mantle with subcentral tube; opaline gland
with one orifice. Finely netted with brown and spotted with
black, californica.
T. n1iGRA d’Orbigny. PI. 22, figs. 10, 11.
Length as much as 25 em. Body much elevated, leathery,
strongly wrinkled, very ventricose. Head short and wide, the neck
very short; buccal lobes broad, quite short, a little folded at the
ends. ‘Tentacles large, quite short, very obtuse and slit at the ends.
Foot very wide, strongly wrinkled, thick, truncated in front,
widened in the middle, short and subacuminate behind. Swimming
lobes not very large, united behind for a moiety of their length, and
forming a large branchial cavity ; in front the lobes are so short
that their free part can scarcely be of use in swimming. Mantle
very large, in part concealed by the union of the swimming lobes,
rounded, with a very small round aperture at the middle, above.
Posterior edge of mantle not having a tongue-like lobe, but excised
or sinused, and provided along the semicircle with a membranous
ridge, perpendicularly elevated, corresponding to the sinus of the
shell. Gill wholly covered by the mantle and by the bridge formed
by union of the swimming lobes.
Color deep black, especially on the sole and lobes; the latter a
little roseate inside.
Shell very open, depressed, with concentric and radial striz ;
sinus wide and shallow ; apex a little oblique and slightly encrusted.
Amber colored.
Island of San Lorenzo, Callao, Peru.
A. nigra ORB., Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 209, pl. 18, f. 1. 2.
This species is remarkable for its large size, the union of the
swimming lobes behind, and the excised posterior margin of the
mantle, which is not produced to form an efferent canal as usual in
the genus. It emits a milky, white or slightly violaceous liquor in
abundance, and has a very strong odor of musk.
86 TETHYS—-WEST AMERICAN.
Guppy (in Proc. Sci. Asso. Trinidad, ii, p. 1387, and Proc. Vic-
toria Institute of Trinidad, pt. 2, March, 1895, p. 123) reports this
species from Trinidad, but there cannot be much doubt that the
identification was erroneous.
T. RANGIANA d’Orbigny. PI. 19, figs. 34, 35, 36.
Length of the larger individuals 3 to 4 cm. Body very short
and elevated, oblong, quite leathery, much swollen; head wide ;
buceal tentacles broad and short, obtuse; foot oblong, wrinkled,
truncate in front, very broad and rounded behind. Swimming
lobes short, united behind for the greater part of their length, form-
ing a deep sack. Mantle large, oval, without tongue-like process,
the posterior margin with a fleshy circle elevated in perpendicular
crests. A very large oval aperture in the mantle shows the shell.
Gill partly covered. :
Color in alcohol blackish.
Shell ovate, swollen, cretaceous, nearly smooth, the apex arcuate ;
yellowish.
Payta, Peru, in 6-7 fms., sand bottom (Dupetit-Thouars).
A. rangiana ORB., Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 210, pl. 17, f 11-
18.
This species, Orbigny writes, has great affinity with A. nigra, and
may prove to be the young of that; but the foot is not produced
behind, and the aperture of the mantle is six times as large,
although the individuals are not more than one-eighth the size of
A. nigra. It was described and figured from alcoholic specimens.
T. ressontt Rang. PI. 56, figs. 15, 16, 17.
Length 17 em. Body much elevated, fleshy ; not as much elon-
gated in front as in most other species, short and acute behind.
Smooth and grayish-rose colored, with fine reddish lineolation.
Foot oblong. Swimming lobes very large. Anterior tentacles
thick and not very susceptible of extension ; hinder tentacles lanceo-
late, marked in the middle by a black line extending their entire
length. Mantle with a small subcentral tube, and terminating be-
hind in a small, open siphon.
Shell oval, pointed behind, concave with little-developed apex ;
sinus long and not much arched. Inside white and covered with a
calcareous layer; outer surface amber colored. Length 34 mill.
Payta, Peru (Lesson).
TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN. 87
A. lessonii Rane. Hist. Nat. Aplys., p. 60, pl. 14.—LeEsson,
Voy. autour du Monde, ete., La Coquille, Zool., ii, pt. 1, p. 295
(1830).
T. rvca d’Orbigny. PI. 19, figs. 29, 30,31.
Extended animal as much as 20 em. long. Moderately length-
ened, elevated, flabby, very ventricose. Cephalic portion elongated,
on a very short neck; buccal lobes very long and very wide, flat-
tened and inrolled at the end, which is thin, sharp and strongly
ridged. Tentacles long, subconic, obtuse and slit at the ends, placed
slightly behind the middle of the interval between buccal and swim-
ming lobes. Eyes visible, in front of the tentacles. Mouth placed
at the lower part of the fissure separating the buccal lobes. Foot
narrow, strongly wrinkled, acuminate behind. Swimming lobes
very large, united and much prolonged behind the gill. Mantle
swollen, oblong, smooth, with a very small round aperture in the
middle ; posteriorly it is produced in a very long, wide and thin
tongue.
Color, a beautiful violet tint, with rounded white spots on the
sides of the front part of swimming lobes, and several larger, more
regular oblong and spaced on the neck and head, usually two be-
hind the tentacles and four in front on each side, on a line with the
forward insertion of the swimming lobes. Swimming lobes marked
along the inside edge with a narrow border of clear rcse-violet,
flanked by large rounded and angular white blotches on a purple-
brown ground. Mantle uniform violet. Gill purple violet. Pre-
served in alcohol this species retains the entire pattern of spots,
but the ground tint becomes blackish, dotted with blackish,
Shell amber colored with corneous edge.
Callao Bay.
Aplysia inca ORB., Voy. dans l’Amér. Mérid., p. 207, pl. 14, f. 13.
—A. incus Sows., Conch. Icon., f. 28.
This species differs from T. /essoni in pattern of coloring, and the
non-tubular mantle foramen.
T. CHIERCHIANA Mazzarelli & Zuccardi.
This new species is based upon two specimens from the island of
San Lorenzo, Peru. The principal character of the species consists
in the presence of a contractile, strongly-developed papilla in the
center of the mantle, at the point where there is ordinarily an aper-
ture. This papilla is swollen at base, narrowed toward the sum-
88 TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN.
mit, forming a strongly serrate tuft. The opercule or mantle is
ovoid, rather elongate, and presents a moderately-developed expan-
sion on the right. Anterior tentacles are quite broad, plate-like,
with sinuous, lobed margins, and are moderately separated. The
posterior tentacles are conic and closer together. Swimming lobes
strongly developed.
Genital orifice under the opercle in front of the gill. Opaline
gland of the grape-bunch type, opening by one orifice.
Color: the body is bestrewn with numerous rather large oval
dark maculz, and spotted with smaller white spots.
Shell concave, elongate, rounded at the anterior extremity, the
beak projecting and ronnded; sinus notably arcuate.
Island of San Lorenzo, near Callao, Peru.
Aplysia chierchiana Maz. & Zuc., Bollettino della Societa di
Naturalisti in Napoli, ser. 1, vol. iii, p.52 (1889).
T. PANAMENSIS Pilsbry, n. sp. Pl. 60, figs. 45, 46, 47, 48.
Length (of alcoholic specimens) 4 to 6 cm. Body soft, of usual
proportions. Buccal lobes large, triangular-ear-shaped, with the
usual fold above. Tentacles lance-shaped and slit. Swimming
lobes thin, rather small, arising at the anterior third or two-fifths
the total length, uniting behind only at their junction with the foot.
Mantle transparent, with a very minute, scarcely visible pore; its
posterior right margin bilobed and sinused to form an excurrent
siphon. Genital pore and groove as usual. Opaline gland opening
by a single conspicuous orifice.
Color grayish, with some ill-defined spots or rings, and marks of
black posteriorly on the lobes. Mantle immaculate, but there are
some faint, dark markings on inside of swimming lobes.
Shell moderately convex, buff outside, having a moderately solid
calcareous layer within, the cuticle projecting but little beyond it.
Apex acute, projecting, bearing a callous reflexed crest which forms
a triangular cavity on the back. Sinus short and deeply arcuate.
Surface with slight growth-wrinkles and impressed unequal, irregu-
lar, radial grooves, several on the left slope deeper. Length 16,
breadth 13 mill.
Panama (J. A. McNeill).
The tentacles are comparatively slender and long; the swimming
lobes weak, and the shell, with its hood at the summit, is about as
solid as in T. punctata Cuv. No other West Coast or Antillean
TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN, 89
species seems very nearly allied to this, unless it be the Antillean
form of T. dactylomela.
T. RoBERTsI Pilsbry, n. sp. PI. 55, figs. 4, 5.
Length (of alcoholicspecimen) 11 em. General form slender and
lengthened ; the tail unusually long, depressed, and extending far
beyond posterior insertion of the swimming lobes. Neck and head
elongated, the mouth in a vertical fissure as usual. Rhinophores
conical, slit abuut half-way down, the minute, rudimentary eyes
situated outward from them, but only a trifle anterior to the front
of their bases. Swimming lobes wholly free from anterior to posterior
insertions, moderately ample. Mantle having a minute, subcentral,
conic tube; its free right border wide, produced in a folded lobe
posteriorly, forming a rather long excurrent siphon. Opaline
gland opening by a single large orifice. Foramen of the penis situ-
ated far forward, anterior to and below the right anterior tentacle,
above the front edge of sole. Foot fleshy, the sole wide, emarginate
in front.
Color (in alcohol) dirty light olive, very minutely wrinkle-retic-
ulate with black-brown in places, forming a large cloud on the out-
side of each swimming lobe, another occupying the face ; sole black-
ish ; inner surface of swimming lobes blackish below, lightly stained
in places outwardly. Mantle clear olivaceous over the shell, the
free border and siphon blackish.
Shell thin, fragile, with very slight calcareous layer ; buff outside ;
apex hardly curved, with a narrow reflexed margin. Sinus long,
nearly straight, margined. Length 28, width 22 mill.
West coast of Mexico (Dr. W. H. Jones).
Notable features of this species are the unusually posterior eyes,
anterior male genital pore, wholly free swimming lobes, and especi-
ally the long tail. The shell has a very thin calcareous layer, and
the sinus is nearly straight. The type wasin a bottle with Dolabella
californica Stearns, which it resembles in color, at least in the
alcoholic condition. The specific name is in honor of Mr. S. Ray-
MOND RoBeErRts, whose services as an officer of the Conchological
Section during a long series of years, are well known and appreciated
by conchologists.
T. CALIFORNICA Cooper. PI. 56, figs. 13, 14.
Length 373, breadth and height 123 cm. (Cooper). Length of
alcoholic specimen described below 11 cm. Body obese, the ante-
90 TETHYS—WEST AMERICAN.
rior portion long, swimming lobes inserted rather far back. Buccal
lobes flattened and folded as usual, black within the fold. Poste-
rior tentacles rather near together, conic and slit above, black
within the slit, situated somewhat nearer buccal lobes than swim-
ming lobes. Swimming lobes short and not very ample, united for
a short distance behind. Mantle provided with a central minute
tube; concentrically wrinkled ; having an uncommonly long poste-
rior excurrent siphon, the left lobe tongue-like and long.
Genital pore in the usual position; genital groove long. Opaline
gland opening by a single large orifice.
Color “ pale gray or greenish, becoming purplish on the side, folds
of mantle with scattered white specks, from which an irregular net-
work of brown lines extends over the rest of its body, interspersed
with large brown blotches. Inner surface of [swimming lobes] varied
with alternating painted bars of white and dark brown interlocking
together. Sole of foot black. Eyes very minute and black.” The
alcoholic specimen before me is yellowish, finely netted and spotted
all over the sides and back with black- brown, sole blackish ; mantle
black-brown with large yellowish maculz ; inside of swimming lobes
black-brown barred boldly with dirty yellowish, the dark bars
branching at the upper edges of lobes.
“Shell cartilaginous, translucent, trapezoidal, or hatchet-shaped,
margins rounded, slightly convex above, the nucleus in old spec-
imens distant from the posterior end or apex. Faint radiating lines
diverging from the nucleus, crossed by an irregular net-work of
darker lines, all ending abruptly at some distance from the margin,
which has thus a wide, nearly transparent border. An accessory
plate arises on the inner surface from the nucleus, nearly spatulate
in form and slightly raised.” (Coop.). The shell of the specimen
figured on my plate shows the essential features mentioned by
Cooper, but the accessory plate projects squarely above the upper
margin. ‘The minute, incurved apex is situated some distance with-
in the margin, being 4 mill. below the upper edge in the specimen
figured.
Monterey to San Pedro, California.
Aplysia (Neaplysia) californica J. G. Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad-
Nat. Sci. iii, 18638, p. 57, fig. 14—Neaplysia californica, J. G.
Cooper, Geographical Catalogue of the Mollusca found west of the
Rocky Mountains between lat. 33° and 49° N., no. 241, p. 14 (Geol.
Surv. of Cal. 1867.)
TETHYS—POLYNESIAN. 91
The specimens before me are from Monterey. This species is well
characterized by the short, poorly developed, posteriorly placed
swimming lobes, the nearness of the tentacles to each other, the deep
pocket-like gill cavity, and the accessory plate on the shell.
Like Pleurobranchea in characters of the head, tentacles, pro-
boscis, gill, tail-gland and tail-papilla ; differing from Pleurobranchea
in having the mantle-edge projecting and overhanging both on the
sides and behind, with a wide groove between it and the foot poste-
riorly as well as laterally, but in front the mantle passes directly
into the veil. Genital openings as in Pleurobranchus. Gill free
for the greater part of its length. No shell. Type K. obesa.
Dentition like that of Pleurobranchea.
Distribution : temperate Atlantic in deep water.
Koonsia is very closely allied to Pleurobranchea, but it is a less
specialized type, in having the mantle edges developed and free, as
in the more normal genus Pleurobranchus. Bergh’s genus Pleuro-
branchillus seems to be absolutely synonymous with the group defined
by Verrill ten years earlier.
Die, KOONSIA.
K. opesa Verrill. Pl. 74, fig. 94.
Body large, stout, broad, with a large, swollen back, smooth and
white in the preserved specimens, and defined by the mantle-edge,
which forms a rim along the lateral and posterior borders. Head
large and broad, with two short, flat, posteriorly grooved, anterior
tentacles, one at each corner; the anterior mantle-border runs be-
tween them, and supports a row of small papille. Posterior tentacles
short, stout, flattened, ear-like, with the outer edges incurved, form-
ing a large groove. Proboscis very large, retractile, purple at the
end, showing when extended, the very broad radula covered with
very numerous sharp, hooked teeth, in many long curved rows.
Foot broad and rounded anteriorly, with small auricles; long
tapered, and acute posteriorly, extending some distance beyond the
mantle; a conical papilla near the tip above; under side, near the
end, with a narrow, elongated, depressed, glandular area, surrounded
by a raised border; this is sometimes tinged with bright-red, in
alcohol; the rest of the foot is usually tinged with chocolate-brown.
Gill large, bipinnate, deep purple. (Verrill.).
This species grows to a great size. One from station 939, was
over 5 inches (128 mill.) long ; 4 inches (102 mill.) wide; and about
2 inches (50 mill.) high, even after preservation in alcohol.
Off Martha’s Vineyard, in 216-258 fathoms; Off Delaware Bay
in 312 fathoms.
Koonsia obesa VERRILL, Trans. Conn. Acad., v, p. 545, (July,
1882); Rep. Commissioner Fish and Fisheries for 1883, Appendix
D; poll, pls 23; tedi07-
The figure represents the dorsal aspect, two-thirds natural size.
K. morosa Bergh. PI. 54, figs. 90, 91, 92, 93, 94.
Described from a single, very flaccid specimen, measuring 15 mill.
long, 10 wide, 5°5 high. In form and dimensions it resembles P.
aurantiacus. Margin of the mantle equal in width to that of the
foot, 1 mill.; tail 2 mill. long; gill 4°5 long, free for over half its
length, with 15 pinnules. Anus below the posterior extremity of
the gill-insertion; renal and genital pores as in Pleuwrobranchus; at
the end of the tail is an elongated gland. Color of the animal pre-
served in alcohol is grayish, with a quantity of violaceous dots,
scattered principally toward the edges of mantle and on the rhachi-
dian part of the gill.
PLEUROBRANCH AA. 223
Jaws tessellated as usual, the component plates short, with about
_ T subequal denticles (figs. 93, 94). Radula with 37 rows of teeth,
68 to 70 lateral teeth in each half row; teeth long and slightly
curved, with a shorter cusp accessory to the main one (figs. 90, 91,
92). This accessory cusp is lacking on the outermost teeth.
No shell.
Western Atlantic (Hirondelle),
Pleurobranchillus morosus BERGH, in Résultats des Campagnes
Sci. Albert I, fase. iv, p. 28, pl. 4, f 80-93.
K. srockut Bergh. Amboyna.
This species of Pleurobranchillus is mentioned but not described
in Bergh’s paper cited above, p. 28.
Genus PLEUROBRANCH /A Leue, 1813.
Pleurobranchea Lrux, de Pleurobranchzea novo Molluscorum
Genere, Diss. Inaug., ete., Halle, 1813, title-page, and pp. 1-13,
plate. (Conf., p.11 “cum animal nostrum * * * Pleure-
branchee vel Pleurobranchidii nomine insigniendum videtur.’’).—
Pleurobranchea or Pleurobranchidium of Blainville and subsequent
authors.— Cyanogaster RuDOLPHI (where ?), see Blainville, Man. de
Malac., p. 471.—Pleurobranchena Meckel, Swainson, Malacol.,
p. 361.
Body oblong, the united mantle and veil smaller than the foot.
Serrate in front and produced at the lateral angles, its edge slightly
overhanging on the right side, but not on the left, posteriorly, or in
front. Rhinophores inserted far apart, apparently on the mantle.
Genital apertures as in Pleurobranchus. Mouth proboscidiform.
Foot with a gland (more or less visible) on posterior part of sole,
and a spur or horn on the tail. Shell wanting.
Radula without rachidian teeth, the laterals slender, with a single
long accessory denticle on the main cusp (pl. 53, fig. 84, P. meckelii
Blv.).
The union of mantle and veil, widely separated rhinophores,
enormous size of the proboscis in dead specimens, and the lack of
overhanging eaves to the mantle except on the right side, render
this group very distinct from other Plewrobranchide in appearauce.
There is a posterior siphon, like that of Aplysiide formed by folding
of the mantle over the rear end of the gill.
The species are few and widely scattered.
224 PLEUROBRANCH@A.
P. MECKELI Blainville. Pl. 53, figs. 81, 82, 83, 84, 85.
Body oblong, very convex, pale brownish-gray with numerous
spots or marbling of blackish-brown over the whole upper surface,
the sole almost black, the posterior pedal gland whitish gray. In
alcohol the color fades to a very pale gray, dark spots indistinct, sole
vermiculate with blackish. Mantle covering only the median part
of body, not projecting or sharply defined on the left side and be-
hind, narrowly overhanging on right side; in front produced forward
in a crescentic head-piece with laterally projecting processes, fore
margin serrate; folded into a permanent excurrent siphon on the
right side behind. Rhinophores situated on mantle, wide apart,
truncate, slit and rolled; gill small, inserted behind middle of
mantle, mainly adnate, bipinnate. Female genital pore on a papilla
at anterior insertion of gill; male orifice or penis in front of it.
Rostrum, in alcoholic specimens, extremely large and protruding
far in front. Foot oblong, subtruncate in front, tapering and
rounded behind, having a gland on the sole behind, which excretes
through a duct opening on a horn-like papilla on the upper surface
of the tail. Shell none, but a large shell-cavity present.
Length of alcoholic specimen with protruded rostrum 55, breadth
21 mill.
Palermo, Sicily (Phil.) ; Naples (Phil., Cantraine); Gulf of Mar-
seilles (V ayssiére).
Pleurobranchea Lrur, De Pleurobranchza novo Molluscorum
Genere, 1813, pp. 1-12, plate.
? Pleur. balearicus Laroche, Cuvier, Regne Anim., ii, (1817), p.
396, footnote (nude name, the identity of which with P. meckelii is
surmised by de Blainville).
Pleurobranchidium meckelii Meckel, BLAINVILLE, Dict. Sci. Nat.,
xxxxi, p. 376 (1826) ; Man. de Malaec., p. 471, pl. 43, f. 3 (false
reference to Meckel’s Beytrage vergleich. Anat.).
Pleurobranchidium meckelii DELLE Cu1aJE Memorie, ii, p. 159,
pl. 40, f. 11-17 (1828).
Pleurobranchea meckelii Lewe, Puttier1, Enum. Moll. Sicil., ii,
p. 88.
Pleurobranchea meckelii Leue, DesHAyEs, in Cuvier’s Regne,
Anim., Moll., p. 89, pl. 32, f. 2, 2a—Brreu, Rés. Camp. Sci.
Albert I, fase. iv, pl. 4, f. 96-99.
Pleurobranchidium meckelii Blainy., Desu., Trait. Elém. de Con-
ehyl., pl. 9ljf 1) 2:
PLEUROBRANCH AA. 225
? Aplysia minor LANKASTER, Philos. Trans., 1875, p. 13 (embryo-
logy).
Pleurobranchea meckelii Leve, CANTRAINE, Malac. Méd. et
Litt., p. 87, pl. 38, f. 3—VaysstERE, Rech. Moll. Opistobr., Tecti-
branches, p. 130, pl. 5, f. 122-125.
Pleurobranchidium delle chiaii VERANny, Catal. Anim. Invert.
Mar. del Golfo di Genova e Nizza, pp. 16, 19 (1846).
The mouth parts are always protruded in dead specimens. The
species is very distinct from other Pleurobranchide of the Mediter-
ranean.
In establishing the genus Plewrobranchea, Leue gave no name to
the species ; a fact which has been overlooked, probably on account
of the rarity of the original paper. De Blainville was the first to
use to use the specific name meckelii, which he ascribes to Meckel.
It was never published by that author, however, Blainyille’s refer-
ence in Man. de Malac. being a false one; and while it is possible
that Meckel transmitted the specimens to Blainville under that
name, no proof thereof is forthcoming, and propriety forbids the
citation of Meckel as authority.
Lankaster, with the embryologist’s disdain for exactness in small
matters of species and genera, calls it Aplysia minor !
P. raRDA Verrill. PI. 53, fig. 86.
Body subovate, stout, thick, often nearly half as broad as long
usually less, tapering backward and blunt posteriorly ; front broad,
convex or subtruneate; back more or less convex or swollen in the
middle, with the surface wrinkled or irregularly reticulated, with
the sunken lines brown, the reticulations smaller posteriorly. Dorsal
tentacles short, stout, wide apart, ear-like, subtubular, having a slit
on the outer side, with the edges often rolled in. Gill rather large,
well exposed in a dorsal view, situated on the right side, behind the
middle, and equal in length to nearly one-fourth the body, plumose
bipinnate, with 15 or 16 pinnz on the upper side. Foot broad, often
nearly as wide as the mantle, subtruncate or rounded in front, nar-
rowed and obtuse posteriorly, ordinarily not extending beyond the
mantle. The mantle edge is but little prominent, except along the
right side. Proboscis protruded in most of the specimens, large,
thick, obtusely tapered close to the end, which is emarginate, show-
ing the large odontophore in a broad vertical notch. Reproductive
organs large and prominent; the two orifices are situated on alarge
tubercle in front of the gill. The male organ, in extension, is long,
15
226 PLEUROBRANCH MA.
slender, usually curled, truncate, about equal in length to half the
breadth of the body; it is a tubular organ, with a slit along the
lower side, formed by the rolling up of a long, thin, membranous
process. At the posterior edge. of the tubercle there is a shorter,
flat pointed process, connected with the female organs. Color of
dorsal surface yellowish-brown, lighter or darker and reticulated with
dark brown, often specked with flake-white ; gill and proboscis dark
purplish-brown ; the proboscis with a darker dorsal patch ; tentacles
sometimes crossed by dark brown bands. Foot salmon-color.
Odontophore very large and broad, with 150 to 170 rows of teeth;
no median teeth ; all the teeth are similar in structure, and show
only a gradual change in form and size from the inner to the outer
ones. ‘The inner ones are elongated, slightly curved, narrow-lanceo-
late, with a very acute point and with a smaller, narrow, sharp den-
ticle on the inner edge, parallel to but shorter than the main point ;
the outer teeth gradually become shorter, blunter, with a smaller
denticle, which finally nearly disappears. Length, usually 30 to
40; breadth, 10 to 14 mill. (V.).
In the best preserved specimens the reproductive organs are often
protruded, the forms of the different organs varying with the state
of extension. The verge or most anterior organ, when fully
extended, is long, cylindrical or a little clavate, with rows of minute
recurved hooks near the end, and terminated by a slender curved
spicule. The most posterior opening (urinal) is just at the anterior
base of the gill, in the form of a small papilla, with a central open-
ing. Between these there are two organs, on a more or less swollen
common base; the more anterior is a large opening with raised mar-
gin; a little behind and below this is a long, exsert, flat, usually
tapered and acute, copulatory organ, varying much in size and form
according to the state of extension. All these organs can be so re-
tracted as not to be noticeable, but this seldom happens in alcoholic
specimens, most of which show the organs more or less extended.
The anal orifice is behind the base of the gill. (Verriil.).
20 miles south of Block Island, in 38 fathoms; about 70 to 100
miles south and southwest from Marthas Vineyard, in 28 to 310
fathoms, both on bottoms of mud and of fine, compact sand, very
abundant; Off Chesapeake Bay, in 31 to 300 fathoms; Off Delaware
Bay, in 130 and 156 fathoms.
With this species, and probably belonging to it, we often took
gelatinous, but rather firm, cylindrical egg-clusters, about 20 mill.
Lond
PLEUROBRANCH FA. Dent
long and 4 in diameter, with the eggs in several rows. The species
is not common below 200 fathoms. (Verrill).
Closely resembles Pleurobranchea Nove Zealandie in form and
color. The latter is a littoral species.
Pleurobranchea tarda V., Amer. Journ. Sci., (3), xx, p. 898, 392
(Nov., 1880) ; Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., iii, p. 384 (Dec. 21, 1880);
Trans. Conn. Acad., v, p. 546, pl. 58, f. 26; U.S. Commission of
Fish and Fisheries, pt. xi, Rep. of Commissioner for 1883, appendix
D; p. 571 [69], pl. 28, f. 105.
The figure represents the dorsal aspect, two-thirds natural size,
genitalia protruding.
P. MACULATA Quoy & Gaimard. PI. 53, figs. 88, 89.
Body thick, a little swollen above, covered with low wrinkles.
Color dirty white, with light brewn spots; sole yellowish ; foot wide,
rounded at the two ends, and projecting beyond the mantle behind.
Veil continuous with mantle, wide, arcuate, crenulated and terminat-
ing in two points; surmounted behind by the two short, auriform
tentacles. Gill fusiform, free at the end, formed of parallel and
oblique foliations, generally uncovered. Penis almost always pro-
jecting, large and 4 or 5 lines long. Anus opens above and past the
middle of the gill. Mouth at the end of a small rostrum.
Port Western, Jervis Bay, and all this southern part of Australia,
in 9-10 fms.
Pleurobranchidium maculatum Q. & G., Zool. Astrolabe, ii, p. 301,
pl. 22, f. 11-14.
P. NOVEZEALANDI& Cheeseman. PI. 53, fig. 87.
Body oval, convex, thick and fleshy, smooth and lubricous to the
touch, but the whole surface nevertheless covered with minute
puckers and folds. Color light-grey, copiously streaked with irre-
gular anastomosing lines of dark greyish-brown, and sprinkled with
numerous minute and almost microscopic white dots. Mantle
smooth, not nearly so long as the foot, and not concealing the bran-
chi, rather broader on the right side; oral veil broad, extending
over and concealing the mouth, in front semicircular, and with a
delicate fringed margin ; but at each side produced into a short ten-
tacle-like lobe ; mouth large, round, in a state of rest concealed in
the sulcus between the oral veil and the foot, but capable of being
greatly protruded in a proboscidiform manner ; buccal plates two,
large, finely and regularly reticulated or faceted ; odontophore broad,
with numerous rows of similar unciform teeth ; tentacles dorsal, wide
228 PLEUROBRANCHZA.
apart, short and stout, projecting outwards, folded down the outer
side, tips obliquely truncate; eyes minute, black, placed within the |
integument at the inner bases of the tentacles, quite internal, and
not to be seen without dissection ; foot long, extremely flexible, sole
pale ashy-grey ; branchial plume often over an inch in length, and
free for half that distance ; pectinations about 17, finely ciliated ;
shell none; length 2°5 to 3-25 inches. (Cheesem.).
New Zealand: Auckland Harbor, in sandy or muddy localities
(Cheesem.) ; Port Nicholson (Hutton).
Pleurobranchea nove-zealandie CHEESEM., P. Z. §., 1878, p. 276,
pl. 15, £3; Trans. N. Z. Inst., xi, 1879; p. 378, pl. 16 3ian@e-
printed from P. Z.S.)—Hurron, Man. N. Z. Moll., p. 124.
Subgenus EuseLEenops Pilsbry, 1896.
Neda H. & A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., ii, p. 40, type Pleuro-
branchus luniceps Cuv. (October, 1854). Not Meda Mulsant, Spec.
Col. Trim. Sécur., p. 274 (1851), a genus of Coleoptera.
Animal short, depressed, with very broad sole, slender rostrum,
and large, crescentic head-shield with produced angles; other known
characters as in Plewrobranchea.
P. LuNICcEPS Cuvier. PI. 54, figs. 95, 96, 97.
Body very short, broad and much depressed, the foot extending
broadly beyond the mantle on sides and behind. Upper surface
pale fleshy purple, sparcely spotted with purple-black angular
blotches; lower surface of head-shield densely mottled with purple,
the sole deep purple, lighter forward and toward the median line.
Tentacles short, truncate, inserted on mantle as in P. meckelii.
Veil very broad, crescentic, produced in long processes at the sides
Rostrum slender, capable of great extension. Mantle folded into a
permanent excurrent siphon behind, as in P. meckelit. Foot broad,
emarginate or broadly rounded in front and behind, the sole with a
median impressed line. Genitalia unknown.
Habitat unknown.
Pleurobranchus luniceps Cuv1ER, Regne Animal, ii, p. 396, foot-
note (name only) ; iv, pl. 11, fig. 2 (1817) BLaInvIL_E, Dict. Sci.
Nat. xxxxi, p. 371 (1826).—Apams & ReEeEvE, Zool. Samarang,
Moll., p. 66, pl. 18, f. 6a, b.—Neda luniceps Cuv., H. & A. AD.,
Gen. Rec. Moll., ii, p. 40, pl. 61, f. 1, lw (copied from Voy. Samar-
ang).
Cuvier’s figure was evidently reversed in engraving, as de Blain-
ville has remarked, bringing the gill on the left side. The above
description is based on the published figures.
ACT ZONIDA. 229
SUPPLEMENT TO MONOGRAPHS OF TECTIBRANCHIATA CEPHAL-
ASPIDEA.
Family ACTEONIDZ (Vol. XV, p. 135).
Genus ACT ZEON (p. 147).
A. ExILis Jeffreys (Vol. xv, p. 156) has also been dredged off
Treland to the southeast of Rockall, in 1215 fms. (Norman, Ann.
Mag. N. H. [6], vi, 1890, p. 63). Another figure is given in Proc.
Mal: Soe. i, pl. 16, f. 8.
Cossmann refers this species to Crenilabium, asubgenus of Actwon-
idea. ‘The latter group is in reality a synonym of Rictazis Dall,
1871 (not 1891 as Cossmann states). The references to Crenila-
bium are as follows:
Crenilabium Cossm., Catal. Illustr. des Coq. Foss. de ’éocene des
Environs de Paris, in Annales de la Soc. Roy. Malac. de Belgique,
xxiv, 1889, p. 302 (type A. aciculatus Cossm.); Ess. Pal. Comp., 1,
p. 53.—Lissacteon Monrrrosarto, I] Naturalista Siciliano, p. 188,
1890 (type A. exilis Jeffr.).
A. BRown! Jordan. PI. 61, fig. 60.
Shell spindle-shaped, opaque and somewhat glossy. Sculpture
numerous spiral incised lines, those on the base being much stronger
and visible to a sharp eye without the aid of a lens; the spaces be-
tween these lines vary in width. Color ivory white; spire moder-
ately elongated and gradually tapering to the apex. Whorls 5, but
possibly 6, the apex being broken off, moderately rounded, the last
forming about two-thirds of the shell. Suture slightly chanelled
when examined by looking down the spire ; mouth about two-thirds
of the length of the shell, acute angled above. Outer lip thin and
unfortunately broken. Inner lip inconspicuous; pillar short and
flexuous. Fold or plait winding obliquely down the pillar, and not
tooth-like as in A. tornatilis. Operculum ear-shaped and marked
with transverse lines of growth. Long. 8°12, diam. 3°15 mill. (Jor-
dan).
“Warm area, Faroe Channel,” about 80-90 miles N. of the Butt
of Lewis, 570 fms.
Acteon browni JORDAN, Proc. Malac. Soe. i, p. 267, pl. 16, f. 7.
One specimen collected.
230 ACTHONIDH, AKERATID#.
ADELACTZON Cossmann, 1895.
Ess. Pal. Comp., p. 54, type A. papyraceus Bast., Miocene.
Proposed as a substitute for Myonia A. Ad. non Dana, see Vol.
xv, p. 167. Includes several Miocene species, the recent A. concinna
Ad. (Vol. xv, p. 172) of Australia, and several Japanese forms (see
Voliexv, p. 1695170):
Genus KLEINELLA A. Adams (Vol. xv, p. 179).
Cossmann, in his excellent Essais de Paléoconchologie Comparée,
pt. 1, p. 44 (1895), has been able, by the assistance of Messrs. R.
B. Newton and E. A.Smith, to figure the type of this genus, K. can-
cellaris Ad., and to determine the fact that it does not belong to the
Acteonide, but is allied to Menestho. His figure of K. cancellaris is
reproduced in figure 6 of Frontispiece. For description see Vol. xv,
p. 180.
Acteon aplisiformis Fér., Tab. Syst., p. xxx= Elysia viridis Bose.
Acteon viridis Fér. 1. c. (Laplysia viridis Mont.)=Elysia, a nudi-
branch.
Family AKERATID Pilsbry, (Vol. xv, p. 350).
Genus AKERA (Vol. xv, p. 376).
A. BULLATA Miller (Vol. xv, p. 377).
Var. nana Jeffreys. Length ;% inch.
Var. farrant Norman. Length 1? inch. (=A. bullata var.
gigantea Norman, Mus. Normanianum, iv, Moll. 1888, No. 101).
The variation in size in this species is most extraordinary, and
perhaps the forms here treated as varieties should rather be regarded
as entitled to rank as species. The full size of ordinary specimens
may be taken as an inch; but no specimens of var. nana which were
dredged by Jeffreys and myself in shallow water at Balta Sound,
Shetland, exceed three-twentieths of an inch. On the other hand,
Dr. Farran found many years ago (see Nat. Hist. Review, Vol. iv,
[1857] p. 74) the gigantic variety which I here name after him.
The specimens were dredged near Birterbuy Bay, Ireland; the
animal measured 3 inches long and 23 wide, and weighed 22 ounces.
The shell of one of these giants now in my collection measures 17
inches long and an inch wide; hundreds of specimens of var. nana
AKERATID&. 231
might be placed in it asin a box! In 1876 in company with my
friend Mr. David Robertson, I dredged diligently the spot carefully
described by Farran, but without again meeting with this form; but
Mr. A. G. More informed me that the year before that just men-
tioned he had found a similar sized specimen in a lough near Gal-
way. (Norman, Ann. Mag. N. H., 1890).
Genus VOLVATELLA Pse. (Vol. xv, p. 382).
V. LAGUNCULA Sowerby.
Shell ovate-cylindric, membranaceous, involute, abruptly con-
tracted behind, shortly produced, rounded in front. Aperture
widely ovate in front, sinuous behind, very narrow, the right lip
truncate at both ends, inflexed in the middle, left lip lightly re-
flexed. Length 6, diam. 33 mill. (Sowd.).
Port Elizabeth, S. Africa.
Volvatella laguncula Sows., Journ. of Conch., vii, p. 373.
Compared with V. cwmingi it is much smaller, less abruptly trun-
eated and produced posteriorly, and proportionately wider ante-
riorly ; it is also less cylindrical in form than JV. cincta of Nevill,
and shows no sign of the transverse bands characteristic of that spe-
cies. (Sowd.).
CYLINDROBULLA scuLPTA Nevill (Vol. xv, p. 381) is reported
from South Africa by Sowerby, J. ¢.
Genus HAMINEA Leach, (Vol. xv, p. 352).
H. srnotara Pilsbry.
Shell cylindric-oval, hardly wider below, truncated above, rounded
beneath, thin, but rather solid, ruddy-corneous, with a small opaque-
white spot at each end, that at apex bounded below, that at colu-
mella, above, by an opaque orange or reddish tract, appearing only
on the latter part of the whorl. Surface polished, with excessively
fine and close spiral striw, and rather coarse growth wrinkles.
Aperture rather narrow, moderately enlarged below. Outer lip
rising slightly above the vertex, but by no means high-arched. Col-
umella concave, short, with a lunate, reflexed, but free, not adherent,
flange, but no fold. Apex closed or subperforate. Alt. 11, diam.
7 mill.
Yaeyama (Okinawa), Loo Choo Is. (Stearns).
232 AKERATID, BULLIDH, TORNATINID®.
H. binotata Pis., Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 185 (1895).—H.
binotata var. japonica PIs. L. ¢.
Var. japonica Pilsbry.
Shell like the above in coloration and sculpture, but smaller, thin
and fragile, more swollen, the reflexed columellar callus thinner and
adnate to body. Alt. 9, diam. 6:2 mill.
Nemoto, Boshiu, Japan (Stearns).
Family BULLID& Pilsbry, (Vol. xv, p. 326).
BULLA SEMILEVIS Seguenza (Vol. xv, p. 339).
Canon Norman, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vi, 1890, p. 67,
states that this is the same as the later Bulla quernei Dautz. (see
Manual xv, p, 336), and further “it is clear also, I think, that
B.eburnea Dall [Manual xv, p. 839] is the same thing.” The local-
ities quoted in Vol. xv for these synonyms, should be added to the
range of B. semilevis, with the following: off the south of Ireland,
1000 fms. (‘ Flying Fox’ 1889, E. A. Smith).
Bulla diaphana Montagu, Test. Brit., p. 225, is said by Jeffreys
to be the young of Cyprea europea (Ann. Mag. N. H. [4], vii, p.
245, 1871).
Bulla jeverensis Schroeter, Archiv fiir Zool. u. Zootomie, iv, p. 16.
An undetermined small form, perhaps Retusa, from the North Sea.
Family TORNATINID Fischer, (Vol. xv, p. 180).
ToORNATINA PARVIPLICA Dall. Frontispiece, fig. 7.
This species resembles 7. recta Orb. in a general way, especially
when young, and 1s distinguished from it by its more rounded sur-
face between the sutures of the spire, and by the obsolete plait on
the pillar; the adult is a much thinner yet wider shell than 7. recta,
and reaches a length of 6°5 and a width of 3:25 mill., with five
whorls, beside the projecting sinistral nucleus. The spire is moder-
ately elevated, the top of the last whorl flattish, but without canali-
culation; the surface is faintly marked with lines of growth, not
polished and entirely without spiral sculpture. The umbilicus is
not perforate, and the plait is formed by the twisting of the thick-
ened pillar, not superimposed upon the pillar. It is only known
from the lagoons. (Dall).
Watling Island Lagoon, Bahamas.
TORNATINID®, RINGICULID®. 233
Tornatina parviplica Dau, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxv, no. 9,
p. 115, fig. 8 (Oct., 1894).
Retusa [ Coleophysis] ErFusA Monts. (Il Naturaliste Siciliano,
ix, p. 188, 1890) is an insufficiently described form from Villa-
franca.
Rerusa ovata Jeffreys (Vol. xv, p. 232). See Norman, Ann.
Mag. N. H. (6), vi, p. 64, for a discussion of the synonymy and
range.
Buiua cReETICA Forbes. B. testa globosa, alba, leevigata, spira
manifesta, umbilicata, margine rotundata; apertura superne con-
tracta, inferne dilatata; columella perforata. Long ‘1 une. Crete,
in 119 fms. (Capt. Graves, 1843). (Forbes, in Rep. Agean Invert.,
Rep. Brit. Asso. Adv. Sci. for 1843, p. 188, 1844.
An unrecognized form, perhaps belonging to Retusa or Cylichna.
Acrostemma Cossmann, 1895.
Ess. Pal. Comp., p. 101. Type Bulla coronata Lam., Eocene.
The recent B. striatula Forbes (Vol. xv, p. 212) is placed in this
group, which is ranged as a subgenus under Roxania by Cossmann.
Family RINGICULID:.
Genus RINGICULA (Vol. xv, p. 594).
Cossmann substitutes Ringiculella Sacco, 1892, type R. awriculata
for Ringiculina Monts., 1884, but the latter should, I believe, be re-
tained, if the group is worth a name.
Genus PUGNUS Hedley, 1896.
Pugnus HEDLEY, Records of the Australian Museum, ii, no. 7, p.
106.
By its thrice folded columella, anterior canal, thickened outer lip,
and sculpture of spiral grooves crossed by transverse strize, this very
distinct genus takes a place in the family Ringiculide. From the
only other surviving genus, Ringicula, Pugnus is separated by its
involute shell and buried spire. In the shortness of the spire the
Cretaceous fossil Ave//ana occupies a position intermediate between
these two. Its contour is, however, more globose, and those subor-
dinate groups which agree with Pugnus in possessing a smooth lip,
appear to differ by having one columella plication only. (Hedley).
234 kINGICULIDH, SCAPHANDRID&®.
The form of the lip and plicate columella suggest Cypreeacteon
White (Contr. Paleont. Brazil, p. 176,in Archivos do Mus. Nac. do
Rio de Janeiro, vii), but that Cretaceous fossil is a large form, with
inflexed, crenulated outer lip and apical umbilicus. The Brazilian
species, being an internal cast, no information is available on the
sculpture of the shell. It is doubtful whether Cypreacteon is really
a Tectibranch. Ovulacteon Dall Vol. xv, p. 178) has no columel-
lar folds.
P. parvus Hedley. PI. 74, fig. 7.
Shell minute, white, solid, oblong, involute, spire buried, imper-
forate at either extremity, the posterior of the inner portion of the
last whorl obliquely sloped. Sculptured by about thirty spiral
grooves, whose interstices are three times their breadth, and are cut
by longitudinal strize into squarish facets. Aperture as long as the
shell, vertical, contracted in the middle, expanded anteriorly and
posteriorly, inner lip overlaid with callus; outer lip smooth, greatly
thickened externally and internally, springing from a false umbili-
cus in the vertex, arched higher than it, arcuate peripherally, curv-
ing below the whorl up to the columella and chanelled at the junc-
tion; anteriorly the columella bears a strong entering fold, posterior
and parallel to which is a weaker one, and posterior to this again a
small deeply-seated third fold is just distinguishable. Length 13,
breadth 1 mill. Animal unknown. (Hedley).
Manly, near Sydney, alive, at low tide on rocks, and dead in shell
sand from Middle Harbor, Port Jackson, Australia. (A. U. Henn).
P. parvus HEDLEY, l. ¢., p. 106, pl. 23, f. 1.
Family SCAPHANDRID (Vol. xv, p. 242).
Genus SCAPHANDER (Vol. xv, p. 244).
S. aLatus Dall. PI. 74, Fig. 4.
Shell pure white, with a pale straw-colored epidermis, polished,
punctate, with a pervious axis; sculpture of faint lines of growth
crossed by numerous fine rows of punctures, with wider, pretty regu-
lar, interspaces; behind the pillar-lip a few of these rows are so im-
pressed as to form grooves; form of the shell ovate, attenuated in
the posterior third; aperture as long as the shell, narrow behind,
rounded in front; outer lip sharp, produced behind the immersed
spire in an alate manner; body with a thin wash of smooth pure
SCAPHANDRID#. 235
white callus; pillar lip twisted about a pervious axis, stout, thick,
with a narrow groove behind its anterior part, but no umbilical
chink. Extreme length of shell 35, maximum diameter 20 mill.
(Dall).
This species belongs to the section Bucconia Dall. It is nearest
allied to the type of that section, S. nobilis Verrill, from which it
may be at once discriminated by its more attenuated posterior third
and generally thicker shell and less inflated form, and by its alate
outer lip. The gizzard plates are somewhat less distinctly quadrate
than in S. nobilis. The Challenger obtained west of Papua a spe-
cies of this group, S. mundus Watson, which is very like S. nobilis,
‘but cannot be confounded with the present species (Dail).
Near the Hawaiian Is., in 298 fms. (Albatross).
Scaphander alatus DALL, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, 1894, p. 676,
pl. 27, £2.
S. anpAMANICUS E. A. Smith. Frontispiece, fig. 18.
Shell ovate, thin, white, here and there ferruginous stained, trans-
versely punctate-striate, above and around the base encircled with
few, hardly punctate strize ; spire immersed, concave. Aperture
large, wide below, narrow above; lip slightly arcuate, very thin,
above white calloused at the thickened insertion; columella
strongly arched, convolute, and visible to the apex within, white
and thick. Alt. 18, greater diam. 12, lesser 9 mill.; aperture 18
mill. long, 9 wide below (Smith).
Andaman Sea, in 250 fms.
S. andamanicus Smirn, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6), xiv, p. 167, pl. 4, f.
15 (Sept., 1894).
The punctured grooves, about 40 in number, are not always equi-
distant, and the punctures are also variable in size (S.).
Subgenus Saspartia Bellardi (Vol. xv, p. 255).
S. pustuLosa Dall. PI. 74, fig. 5.
Shell solid, large, subpyriform, with wholly immersed spire and
granular callous body lip; surface polished, sculptured by deep,
rather wide, channeled grooves; punctate, but with the punctures
overlapping one another so that the line presents an annulate
aspect. There are a few intercalary, fine impunctate lines also. The
form of the shell is rather rounded, smaller posteriorly, with an ob-
scure constriction about the middle of the shell; apex dimpled, but
236 SCAPHANDRID®.
imperforate; aperture narrow behind, wide and rounded in front
outer lip thin, raised above the apex, but hardly alate; inner lip
thick, callous, with numerous pustules, the axis barely pervious;
pillar thick, pustular, its outer edge high, with a groove behind it,
but no umbilical chink. Extreme length of shell 35, maximum
diameter 20 mill. (Dall).
This species recalls the more inflated Scaphander niveus Watson,
from near the Philippines, but is readily distinguished by its more
attenuated Budla-like form. It may, when older, exhibit a more
prominent body callus than is shown by our specimen, the granula-
tion of the pillar being much like that of adolescent specimens of
Sabatia bathymophila Dall, from the deeper waters of the Antilles.
(Dall).
Near the Hawaiian Is., in 295 fms. (Albatross).
Sabatia pustulosa Dau, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, 1894, p. 677,
pl. 26, f. 10.
Genus ATYS Montfort (Vol. xv, p. 261).
It is evident from the very meager data at hand regarding the
soft parts of the species grouped under Atys, that at least two or
three genera will be formed by its disintegration. The dentition of
typical Atys and of Alicu/a is still unknown. The dentition and ex-
ternal anatomy of Roxania (see Vol. xv, pl. 61, f. 32, and pl. 59, f. 13)
and of Weinkauffia (this vol. frontispiece, figs. 10, 11,12) show that
these belong to two distinct though allied genera.
Roxania will probably include Roxaniella as a subordinate group.
Whether Weinkauffia is generically distinct from Atys or Dinia re-
mains to be seen, the latter being still unknown anatomically.
Vayssiére has recently (Journ. de Conchyl., 1893, p. 90, pl. 4) ex-
amined Atys (Weinkauffia) diaphana Arad. & Mag. Part of his
text and figures are given below. The systematic position of Wein-
kauffia which he suggests (between Bulla and Haminea) seems to
me to be wholly untenable.
ATys DIAPHANA Arad. & Mag. Frontispiece, figs. 8-14.
Animal with numerous spots of a beautiful brown-red color of
very diverse forms and irregularly scattered, disposed in three series
across the shell through which (by its transparence) they are seen.
Head-shield squarish, with two posterior conic processes, the eyes
contiguous, near posterior part of head shield; pleuropodial lobes
SCAPHANDRID&. 237
little developed, anterior, reflexed only over the anterior edges of
shell (see fig. 10, dorsal, and fig. 11, external view).
Jaws (fig. 8) composed of little compressed, imbricating pieces.
Radula with the formula 3.1.8; rachidian tooth somewhat rudi-
mentary, quadrangular, the cusp small, a little recurved and bi-
lobed. Inner two laterals on each side of about the same form ;
the curved cusp bearing very fine denticles along the concave side ;
third lateral on each side subobsolete, without denticles (fig. 12).
The gizzard contains three large, brown-blackish, corneous pieces
(figs. 14, 13).
Shell white, rather corneous, very hyaline, of an oval-elongated
form ; on the back of the shell there are five transverse parallel and
slightly oblique striz in front, and behind there are three similar
strie.
See Vol. xiv, p. 278. The species also inhabits the Gulf of Mar-
seilles, but sparingly. The specific name is preoccupied by Mon-
tagu, so one of the later names will be substituted.
Subgenus ALicuLAstruM Pilsbry, 1896.
=Aliculu EHRENBERG, 1831 (see Vol. xv, pp. 261, 262, 265), not
Alicula Eichwald, Naturhistorischer Skizze von Lithauen, Volhy-
nien u. Podolien (Vilna, 1830) p.214, proposed for A. okenti (Ul. ¢.
p. 214, footnote), A. lichtensteinii and A. volhynica (1. ¢. p. 215).
Alicula Eichw. has been given precedence over Alicula Ehren-
berg by Cossmann, who considers it to indicate the same group.
This, however,isan error. Eichwald’s Alicuda has a projecting spire,
and is certainly a totally different thing. Eichwald calls it a transi-
tion from Oliva to Voluta. For Ehrenberg’s group the new name
given above may be used.
CiisTaxiIs Cossmann, 1895.
Ess. Pal. Comp., p. 90. New name for Cryptaxis Jeffreys non
Lowe, type Cylichna parvula Jeffr. (Vol. xv, p. 2938).
While possibly distinct, the shell-characters alone are not suffi-
cient for the generic elevation of this form, which probably belongs
to either Cylichna or Retusa.
Genus DIAPHANA Brown (Vol. xv, p. 280).
D. (?) Fragius Vélain. Vol. xv, pl. 23, fig. 50.
Shell short and subcylindric, truncate at base, thin, translucent
and gray; surface ornamented with little longitudinal striz, very
238 SCAPHANDRID&, PHILINIDZ.
closely placed. Aperture largely embracing, lengthened, narrow
and subangular at base, which is longer than spire, more dilated
and rounded above; columella narrow, elevated, a little twisted, the
lower columellar margin strongly convex toward its middle; umbil-
icus small, circular, narrow and profound.
Alt. 23, diam. 1 mill. ( Vél.).
Island of St. Paul, inside the crater, under stones at low water.
Bulla fragilis VELAIN, Comptes Rend., 1876; Archiv. Zool. Ex-
pér. et Génér., vi, 1877, p. 128, pl. 4, f. 31—B. dive Velain, t. ¢., p.
144.
Looks like a young shell.
Family PHILINIDZ (Vol. xvi, p. 1).
Genus PHILINE Asc. (Vol. xvi, p. 2).
The references to Colobocephalus and Colpodaspis should be
omitted from the generic and specific descriptions and references, as
it was deemed best to admit both as genera, pending definite infor-
mation on those forms. Add the following:
P. trncTA Verrill.
Shell broad, oblong, rather large for the genus, widest in the
middle, very thin, tinged with smoky brown, not polished and with-
out distinct spiral lines, but with very distinct, fine, close, sinuous,
slightly raised, minutely wavy lines of growth. The apex is rounded
and shows neither spiral whorls, nor a depression. The outer lip
rises slightly above the body-whorl from which it is separated by a
broad and deep notch; from the posterior shoulder to the anterior
end it is broadly flaring and convex, with a slight-reunded angle
about the middle; anteriorly it is a little narrower and evenly
rounded ; the columella margin is slightly excurved, with a thin
edge in front of the middle, and is reflected against the body-whorl,
where it joins it leaving a slight groove behind it, and winding into
the shell it forms a distinct, raised spiral fold, separated from the
more prominent inner surface of the body-whorl by a concave
groove.
Length, 10°75; breadth in middle, 8; breadth of aperture, 7 mill.
(Verrill).
Off Marthas Vineyard, in 65 fms. (“Albatross ”’).
P. tincta V., Tr. Conn. Acad., v, p. 544 (July, 1882).
AGLAJIDA, GASTROPTERID®, RUNCINID®. 239
Family AGLAJID.
Genus AGLAJA Renieri (page 44).
The following forms were overlooked in the preparation of this
monograph :
A. ORBIGNYANA Rochebrune. PI. 54, fig. 3.
Body thick, ovoid; foot short, sub-bipartite below, blackish stri-
* ated with radiating strize ; posterior lobes visibly elevated, of a black-
violet, ornamented longitudinally with irregular interrupted yellow-
ish lines; margins of mantle undulated, quite thick, greenish gray.
Length 14, width 11 mill. (Rochebr.).
Road of Santiago, Cape Verde Archipelago (Cessac).
Posterobranchus orbignyanus RocuEsr., Bull. Soc. Philomath.,
1881, p. 28; Nouv. Arch. du Mus., 1881, p. 265, pl. 18, f. 5.
A. TRICOLORATA Ren. (p. 45).
Add the synonym: Doridium achates Drsu., Traité Elém. de
Conch., Expl]. des Planches, p. 58; Atlas de Conchyliologie, pl. 91,
f. 3-5.
Family GASTROPTERID (Vol. xvi, p. 39).
GASTROPTERON MECKELII (?) is reported by Dall from east Flor-
ida and Guadalupe, in Catal. Mar. Moll. S.-E. U.S., Bull. 37 U.S.
Mus., p. 88.
Family R UNCINIDZ (Vol. xvi, p.171).
PELTA CAPREENSIS Mazzarelli, Atti Acc. Napoli, vi, No. 4, p. 3,
from the Gulf of Naples, is a new species of Runcina, of which the
description is inaccessible to me.
ERRATA.
P. 89. After T. Robertsi, read pl. 55, figs. 5, 6.
P. 96. After T. Tryoniana, read pl. 57, figs. 24-27.
P. 155. Omit f. 35 from references in fifth line from bottom.
REFERENCE TO PeAtiies
FRONTISPIECE.
FIGURE. PAGE.
1-3. Oxynoe delicatula Nev. J. A.S.B.. . . - . 65
4, Oxynoe. hargravesi. P.ZaS...- 9. . .1 : =acy canes
5. Lobiger wilsoni Tate. Tr. R. Soc.S: Austr... . © . 2 es
6. Kleinella cancellaris Ad. After Cossmann,. . .. . . 230
7. Tornatina parviplica.,; After Dall, ... 2.0. eee
8-14. Weinkauffia diaphana Arad. After Vayssiére,. . . 23
15, 10. Chelidonura hirundinea Q. & G. Voy. Astrol.,. . . 34
17. Oxynoe olivacea Rafs. Journ.deConch,. ...... 162
18. Scaphander andamanicus Smith. Ann. Mag.,. . . . . 235
19-22. Philine ossiansarsi Friele. Nyt. Mag. ...... 14
23. Philine sinuataStimp. Sh.of NewEngl.,....... 18
PLATE 1.
1-5. Aglaja marmorataSmith. Zool. Alert... . .... . 48
6. Aglaja gigliolii Tapp. Can. Zool.Magenta. ..... . S50
7. Aglaja lineolata Ad. Gen.Ree. Molh,. . . | \. 2a
8. Aglaja depicta Ren. Gen: Rec. Moll.,. . . . . S46
9. Philine aperta Linné. After Vayssiére,. ....... 10
10. Aglajatricolorata Ren. After Vayssiére,. ...... 48
12. Aglaja depicta Ren. After Vayssiére,. ....... 46
14. Aglaja diomedea Bergh. (shell). After Vayssiére,. . . 52
PLATE 2.
15. Philine coreanica A. Adams. C.Icon.,. . a
16. Philine orientalis A. Adams: GC. Icon.,.; -. 7) 2a
17, 18. Philine striatella T. C. (=japonica). Zool. Magenta. 5
19, 20. Philine truncatissimaSowb. C.Icon,... .... 5
21, 22. Philine scalpta A. Adams. After Lischke,. . . 6
23, 24, Philine japonica Lischke. After Lischke, . 5
25, 26. Chelidonura hirudinea Q. & G. Thes. Conch., .. ey ie
27-30. Cryptophthalmus luteus Q. & G. Zool. Astrolabe,. 38
31-35. Chelidonura hirudinea Q. & G. After Mobius,. . . 34
36-38. Cryptophthalmus cylindricus Pse. Am. Journ. Conch. 37
PLATE 3.
39, 40. Philine polaris Auriv. Vega Exp,........ 22
41, 42. Philine angulata Jeffreys. C.Icon,........ 17
(240)
REFERENCE TO PLATES.
FIGURE.
43. Philine seutulum (= ee Wood). C. Icon.,
44-46. “ Utriculopsis vitreea”’ Sars (=Diaphana globosa, see
Vol. xv, p. 286). Compare page. .
47, 48. iain; planciana (=aperta L.). Enum. Moll. ‘Sicil.,
—=aperta L.). C.Icon.,
50. Philine schroeteri Phil. (—aperta L.). Enum.,
51. Philine aperta L. After Hidalgo,. . . .
52, 63, 54. Philine aperta L. After Mobius, .
5d, 56. Philine aperta L. C. Icon.,
57, 58. Philine angasi Crosse. C. Icon.,
59. Philine angasi “Crosse. Journ. de Coneh.,
60. Philine erythreea H. Addn ba Ass
PLATE 4.
61. Philine sagra Orb. Tr. Conn. Acad.,
62, 63. Philine sagra Orb. Moll. Cuba, .
64. Philine catena Mont. Moll. Rouss., .
65. Philine monterosatoi Jeffr. Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr.,
66-68. Philine vestita Phil. Enum. Moll. Sicil.,
69. Philine punctata Clark. Thes. Conch., .
70-72. Philine candeana Orb. Moll. Cuba, .
79. Philine pruinosa Clark. Conch. Icon.,
74-78. Philine pruinosa Clark. After Sars, .
79, 80. Philine nitida Jeffreys. After Sars, .
81, 82. Philine nitida Jeffreys. C.Icon.,. .
83-85. Philine lovenii Malm. After Sars,. .
86-89. Philine flexuosa M. Sars. After Sars, .
PLATE 5.
1-3. Philine scabra Mull. After Sars, .
4-6. Philine cingulata Sars. After Sars, .
7-11. Philine i Brown. After Sars, . :
12,13. Philine infortunata Pils. After Sars, .
14-16. Philine finmarchica Sars. After Sars, .
17-19. Philine quadrata Wood. After Sars, .
20-22. Philine fragilis Sars. After Sars, .
23-25. Philine catena Mont. After Sars, . ;
26-28. Philine velutinoides Sars. After Sars, .
PLATE 6.
29-32. Cryptophthalmus smaragdinus Leuck. Symb. Phys.,
38-36, Cryptophthalmus smaragdinus Leuck. After v Riippell, 3
37, 88. Aglaja nuttalli Pils. Pilsbry, del ieare ts
39, Navanax enigmaticus Bgh. After Bergh, .
40-43. Aglaja maculata Orb. After d’ Orbigny, .
16
242 REFERENCE TO PLATES.
PLATE 7.
FIGURE. PAGE.
1, 10. Gastropteron rubrum Raf. Zool. Bonite,. . . . . . 40
2-4. Gastropteron rubrum Raf. After Vayssiére,. . . . . 40
5-9. Gastropteron rubrum Raf. After Bergh,. . . ... 40
PLATE 8.
11. Gastropteron rubrum Raf., penis. After Bergh,. . . . 40
12,13, 16. Gastropteron rubrum Raf, jaw. After Bergh,. . 40
14, 15, 17-28. Gastrepteron pacificum Bgh. After Bergh,. 42
PLATE 9,
1-3. Philine aperta Linn., stomach plates. After Sars,. . 10
4,5. Philine aperta Linn., teeth.> Ater Sars, 7. - £h0)
6, 7. Philine aperta Linn. , fore and mid gut. After Sars, “Jal
8. Colobocephalus costellatus M. Sars, } row teeth After Sars, 33
9. Colpodaspis pusilla Sars, + row teeth. After Sars,. . . 28
10. Philine pruinosa Clark, teeth. After Sars,. ..... 26
11-13. Tethys punctata Cuv., radula. After Sars,. .. .. 605
14,15. Tethys punctata Cuv., bent of digestive tract. “After
Sars, , : ae
16. Tethys punctata Cuv., jaws. After Sars, . . Yh oe as
17-22. Aglaja adelle Dall! W. H. Dall, del,, MP 5 Ss
23. Gastropteron rubrum Raf., radula. After Vayssicre, Pe eas)
24, 25. Lobiger serradifalci Calc., teeth. After Vayssiére,. . 167
26. Phyllaplysialafonti Fisch. After Fischer,. . . . .. . 183
PLATE 10.
27, 28, Lobiger serradifalci Caleara. After Vayssiére,. . . 167
29, 32, 33. Lobiger serradifalci Caleara. Ann.Sci. Nat... . 167
30, 31. Lobiger serradifalci Caleara. Journ. de Conchyl., . . 167
34, 85. Lobiger viridis (=nevillii Pils... J. A.S.B.,. . . 168
36. Lobiger corneus (=serradifalei). Thes. Conch... . . 167
37. Lobiger pictus (=viridis Pse.). Don. Bism:;. . =22 tes
38. Lobiger viridis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch.,. . Se sliGg
39-42. Lobiger souverbiei Fisch. Journ. de ‘Conehyl., . A EiGe
PratE 11.
43, 44, 46, 47-50. Oxynoe olivacea Raf. Journ. de Conch., . 162
51, 52. Oxynoe viridis Pse.» Donum Bism.,. . . 165
538-55. Oxynoe viridis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch., . 165
56, 57. Oxynoe brachycephalus (—olivacea). Gen. "Rec. Moll. 164
58-62. Oxynoe sieboldi (—olivacea). Am. Sci. Nat... . . 164
REFERENCE TO PLATES. 243
PuaTE 12.
FIGURE. PAGE.
63, 64, 65. Aglaja depicta Renieri. After Vayssiére,. . . . 46
66, 67. Aglaja depicta Renieri. After Cantraine,. . . . . 46
68-70. Aglaja depicta Renieri. After Bergh,. ..... . 46
PuaTE 138.
71, 72, 73, 75 and fig. in lower left corner, mele tricolorata
Ren. After ‘Bergh, a Res RS pete ch)
76, 77. Aglaja depicta Ren. After Bergh, cons ty eee eG
78. Aglaja purpurea Bgh., (penis). After Bergh, 39 ap peo
Puate 14.
79, 80. Navanax eenigmaticus Bgh. After Bergh,. . . . . 58
$1. Aglaja tricolorata Ren. After Bergh,. ......-. 465
82, 83, 84. Aglaja ocelligera Bgh. After Bergh,. . .. .. 58
85. Aglaja punctilucens Bgh. After Bergh,. ...... 54
PLATE 15.
86-88. Navanax eenigmaticus Bgh. After Bergh,. . . . . 58
89-93. Navanax inermis Coop. After Bergh,. ...... 58
94, 95. Aglaja diomedea Bgh. After Bergh,. . ..... 52
PLATE 16.
1. Tethys nodiferus A. & R. Zool. Samarang,. .... . 109
2. Tethys lineolata A.& R. Zool.Samarang,. ... . . 110
aud. ethys tigrina Rang. AfterRang,....... . . - 108
5, 6. Tethys tigrinella Gray. Zool. Astrol., cn Gh sue eee
7. Notarchus rufus Q. &G. Zool. Astrol,. ...... .148
8. Tethys oculifera A. & R. Zool. Samarang, Cees oirdy sear al L8)
PEATE Li.
9,10. Tethys julianaQ. &G. Zool. Astrolabe,. . . . . . 108
a Notarchus cirrhifer Q. & G. Zool. Astrolabe, . . 5 eD
2,13. Notarchus gelatinosus (=indicus). Zool. Astrolabe, a
ie Tethys nigrocincta Mart. After Mobius,. . . + LO
17-19. Tethys maculata Rang. After Rang,. . . . .. . 107
Prape 13.
aie Nethys-fimbriata A.& R. C.Ieon,. . .. .. . «105
Bees. Tethys japonica Sowb. C.Icon.,. .-. .°. . / .-..106
24. Tethys fimbriata A.& R. Zool.Samarang,. . . . . . 100
244 REFERENCE TO PLATES.
FIGURE.
25. Tethys orientalis Sowb. C. Icon.,
26,27. Tethys sinensis Sowb. C. Teaneea wr
28. Tethys pulmonicaGld. U.S. Expl. Exped.,
PLATE 19.
29, 30 31. Tethys inca Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid., .
32, 33. Petalifera similis Sowb. (=virescens). C. Ieun., .
34-36. Tethys rangiana Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid., °
PuaTE 20.
37-39. Tethys livida Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid.,
40, 41. Tethys grandis Pse. Conch. Icon.,
42, Tethys trigona Sowb. Conch. Icon.,
43, 44. Tethys bipes Pse. Conch. Icon.,
45. Tethys cornigera Sowb. Conch. Icon.,
46, 47. Tethys sandwicensis Sowb. Conch. Icon.,
PLATE 21.
1-5. Colpodaspis pusi'la Sars. After Garstang, .
6-11. Colobocephalus costellatus Sars. After Sars, .
12. Paraplysia piperata Smith. After Gilchrist, .
13, 14. Paraplysia monhoti Gilchrist. After Gilchrist, .
PLATE 22.
1-5. Tethys sorex Rang. After Rang, .
6-9. Dolabrifera oahouensis Souleyet. Voy. Bonite, .
10,11. Tethys nigra Orb. Voy. Am. Mérid.,
PLATE 23.
Tethys depilans Linné. After Rang, .
PLATE 24.
33, 34. Tethys depilans Linné. After Rang, .
35, 86. Tethys depilans Linné. After Jeffreys, .
PrarE 25;
1. Tethys geographicus A. & R. Voy. Samarang, .
2. Tethys peasei Pils. Am. Journ. Conch.,
ifs
2. Pleurobranchus cornutus Q. & G. Voy. ‘Astrolabe, .
PAGE.
. 104
. 104
96
87
130
86
79
92
112
91
1038
92
28
39
eo ins
As
94
- 122
85
69
- 206
69
69
. 103
95
REFERENCE TO PLATES.
FIGURE,
3. Tethys viridescens Pse. (much reduced). Am.
Conch.,
245
PAGE,
Journ.
94
4, 5. Dolabella tongana Q. &G. (—ecaudata). Zool. Astrol. 158
PLATE 26.
26, 27. Dolabella scapula Martyn. After Rang, .
28. Dolabella scapula Martyn. Zool. Samarang, .
PLATE 27.
29, 30. Dolabella scapula Mart. Zool. Astrolabe, .
31, 32. Dolabella elongata Sowb. C. Icon., . :
PLATE 28.
33, 34, 36. Dolabella hasselti, var. Zool. Astrolabe, .
35. Dolabella scapula Mart. C. Icon.,
PLATE 29.
37-39. Notarchus lineolatus Gld. U.S. Expl. ace
40. Notarchus citrinus Rang. After Rang, .
41. Notarchus longicauda Q. &G. Voy. Uranie, .
42, 43. Notarchus longicauda Q.& G. After Rang, :
44. Notarchus quercinus Gld. U.S. Expl. Exped, .
45,46. Notarchus nudatus Rang. After Rang, .
47-49. Notarchus striatus Q.& G. Voy. Astrolabe,
PLATE 30.
1, 5,6. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Rang, .
2. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Cuvier, .
3. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Philippi, .
4, Tethys punctataCuv. After Vayssiére, .
7,8. Tethys punctata Cuv. After Jeffreys, .
9-11. Aplysia pees Phil. ae iE: Roe Cuy. wy.)
Philippi, .
PLATE 31.
12-15. Tethys ocellata Orbigny. Hist. Nat. Canaries, .
PLATE 32.
16-19. Tethys dactylomela Rang. After Rang,. .
Aten
~1
oO
246 REFERENCE TO PLATES.
PLATE 33.
FIGURE, PAGE,
20-22. Tethys leporina Linné.. After Rang,....... 72
23. Tethys leporina Linné, radula. After Mazzarelli,. . . . 72
24. Tethys leporina Linné, opaline gland. After Blochmann, 72
25. Tethys depilans L.,opaline gland. After Blochmann,. . 69
26-29. Tethys marmorata Blainv. After Rang,. ..... 74
Puare 34.
1-5. Dolabrifera fusca Pse. Amer. Journ. Conch... . . 122
6-8. Dolabrifera tahitensis Pse. Amer. Journ.Conch,. . . 121
9,10. Dolabrifera sowerbyi Guild. C.Icon,..... .. .126
11-16. Dolabrifera dolabrifera Cuv. After Rang,. . . . . 118
17. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. C. Icon., . ree es
18. Dolabrifera pacifica Pse. C. Icon, . 4 oe poems
19, 20. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. After Rang,. . . .. . 124
91, 22. Dolabrifera marmorea Pse. ©. Icon.,) . ..) eee
23,24. Dolabrifera vitrea Sowb. C.Icon.,. ...... .121
95. Dolabrifera olivacea Pse. ):‘C. Icon... .7. 2 . > 2 =e
26,27. Dolabrifera maillardi Dh. Moll. Réunion,. . . . . 119
28. Dolabrifera cuvieri Ads. Gen. Rec. Moll,. . ... .118
29. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. After Rang,.. . ... . 124
PLATE 309.
30, 31, 32. Tethys willcoxi Heilprin. Pilsbry,del,.... . 80
33, 35. Tethys equorea Heilprin. Pilsbry, del.,. . . . - 9.) a7
84. Tethys equorea Heilprin. After Heilprin,. ..... @7
36. Tethys guadaloupensis Sowb. C.Icon,. ....... 79
PLATE 36.
1, 2. Phyllaplysia lafonti Fisch. Journ. de Conch... . . 133
3. Petalifera ornata Desh. Tr. Elem.Conch.,.... . . 1380
4-7. Petalifera punctulata T.C. Voy. Magenta,. . . . . 131
9,10. Petalifera webbii (=virescens Risso). Mag. Zool., . 129
11,12. Petalifera brugnatellii B. &-R. Mag. Zool... . . . 180
13, 14. Phyllaplysia depressa Cantr. Mal. Médit,. . . . . 184
PLATE, 37.
15-19. Tethys floridensis Pils: Pilsbry, del, << <2) yim
20-22. Tethys protes Rang. After Rang,. . ."- 73s
23-25. Tethys parvula (Guild) Mérch. Pilsbry, del.,. . . 88
PLATE 38.
1,2. Tethys melanopus‘Crouch. P2Z.S:, 5 22-5 eee
3-5. Tethys braziliana Rang. After Rang,. ....... 82
REFERENCE TO PLATES. PANG
PLATE 39:
FIGURE, PAGE,
1—4. Tethys keraudreni Rang. After Rang,. ..... . 96
PLATE 40.
1-11. Notarchus punctatus Phil. After Vayssiére,. . . . 137
12, 13. Notarchus punctatus Phil. After Philippi,. . . . .138
14-16. Notarchus indicus Schw. After Mobius,. . . . . . 186
PLaTE 41.
17-19. Notarchus ocellatus Fér. After Rang,. . pales
20-22. Notarchus laciniatus R. & L. After Riippell, . ol Ad
PLATE 42.
23-26. Notarchus savignanus Audouin. After Savigny,. . 144
PuaTE 43,
aie ethys concavaisowb.: C.Icon.,. .. 1; . . <+ ) . 100
28. Tethys anguillaCuming. C. Icon.,. . = ak
29, 30. Notarchus lacinulatus Couth. U. S. Expl. Exped, _ 147
31. Notarchus plei Rang. After Rang,. . AS. . 148
32, 33. Phyllaplysia limacina Rang. After Rang, Waa ee ee ee!
34. Notarchus glaucus Cheesem. TPe7, SW ure Senne be ye lee (9
PLATE 44.
Sooo. JNotarchus plei Rang. Pilsbry, del.,... . ~ ...-. 148
37. Notarchus plei Rang. “After Rang, . reas
38-41. Dolabrifera jacksoniensis Pils. “Pilsbry, del., ee elZO
PLATE 40.
1. Oseanius grandis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch.,. . peels)
2-6. Pleurobranchus punctatus Q. & G. Voy. “Astrolabe, . 205
7-9. Pleurobranchus delicatus Pse: Am. Journ. Conch.,. . 202
PLATE 46.
10, 14, 15. Oscanius mamillatusQ. & G. Voy. Astrol.,. . . 220
11, 16, 17. Pleurobranchus ovalis Pse. Am. Journ. Conch., . 202
12,13. Pleurobranchus angasi Smith. Zool. Alert,. . . . 205
248 REFERENCE TO PLATES.
PLATE 47,
FIGURE,
18, 19. Oscanius hilli Hedley. P.L.S. N.S. W.,
20, 21. Pleurobranchus tessellatus Pse. Am. oneal Conch.,
29, 23. Pleurobranchus ornatus Cheesem. P. Z.S.,
PLATE 48.
24-28. Pleurobranchus peronii Cuy. Voy. Astrol.,
29-31. Pleurobranchus citrinus Riipp. After Riippell, -
32, 338. Oscanius forskali (marinus). After Riippell, .
34, 35. Gymnotoplax scutatus(—martensi). After Mobius,
PLATE 49.
36-38. Oscanius reticulatus Rang. Mag. de Zool.,
39-41. Pleurobranchus oblongus Aud. sees Savieny,
42. Oscanius blainvillei Less. Cent. Zool.,
PLATE 50.
43, 46. Oscanius testudinarius Cantr. After Philippi, .
44, 45. Oscanius testudinarius Cantr. After Vavssieére, .
47, 48. Tylodina americana Dall. Blake Rep.,
Prare 5:
50, 51. Oscanius tuberculatus Meckel. After Vayssiere, .
52, 538. Oscanius tuberculatus Meckel. After Forbes & Han-
OAR
LOY, ii, RR aaa OE) Se ae
54, 55. Oscanius tuberculatus var. dehaani Cantraine.
Cantraine, . .
56, 57. Oscanius faberouleriet Meckel, :
58. Hyalopatina rushii Dall, from drawing of ty pe, -
PEArE yo:
60, 61, 64, 65. Pleurobranchus ge Mont. Forbes &
. 198
. 194
Hanley, #:
62, 63. Pleurobranchus stellatus Risso. After Vayssicre, .
66-68. Pleurobranchus monterosatoi Vayssiére. After V ay s-
selere,
69-72. Pleurobranchus brevifrons Phil. “After Philippi, :
73-75. Pleurobranchus perforatus Phil. After Philippi, .
76, 77. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso. After Cantraine,
78. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso. After Philippi, .
79, 80. Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso. After Vayssiére, .
PAGE,
. 220
. 208
. 206
. 207
. 208
. 2116
. el
~216
. 208
sous
. 213
. 213
. 188
. 214
. 21°
. 214
. 184
. 196
BS CL
OR
195
. 195
195
REFERENCE TO PLATES.
PRATE Os.
FIGURE,
81-83. Pleurobranchzea meckelii Bly. Pilsbry, del.,
84. Pleurobranchea meckelii Blv. After Bergh, .
' 85. Pleurobranchzea meckelii Blv. After Cantraine, .
86. Pleurobranchea tarda Verrill. After Verrill, .
87. Pleurobranchzea noveezealandiz Cheesem. | a ices
88, 89. Pleurobranchzea maculata Q. & G. oo Astrol.,
90. Oxynoe antillarum Morch. Pilsbry, del.,
PLATE 54.
90-94. Koonsia morosa Bgh. After Bergh,
95, Pleurobranchzea luniceps Cuv. After Cuvier, Noa s
96, 97. Pleurobranchexa luniceps Cuv. After Adams, .
98, 99, 1, 2. Pleurobranchus digueti Roch. eu del.,
3. Aglaja orbignyana Roch. Nouv. Archiv., .
4,5. Oscanius dilatipes Ads. Gen. Rec. Moll.,
PLATE 55.
1-4. Tethys willcoxi var. perviridis Pils. Pilsbry, del.,
5, 6. Tethys robertsi Pils. Pilsbry, del., Beech ee
7-9. Petalifera ferussaci Rang. After Rang,
10-12. Petalifera virescens Risso. After Vay ssiere, a. 4
13, 14. Petalifera quadrata (=virescens). After Sowb.,
PLATE OG:
18, 14. Tethys californica Coop. Pilsbry, del., .
15-17. Tethys lessoni Rang. After Rang, .
PLATE 57.
18, 19. Tethys angasi ‘ Sowb. Conch. Icon.,
20°21. Tethys tigrina Sowb. (=sowerbyi). ” Conch. Icon.,
22, 23. Tethys sydney ensisSowb. Conch. Icon.,
24-27. Tethys tryoniana Pils. Pilsbry, del.,
PLATE 658.
28, 29. Tethys gigantea Sowb. Conch. Icon.,
30, 31. Tethys hyalina Sowb. (—excavata). Conch. Icon.,
32, 83. Tethys excavata Sowb. Conch. Icon., .
PLATE 59.
34. Tethys fusca Tiles. After Rang,. .. .
35, 36. Tethys elongata Pse. Don. Bism., .
249
PAGE,
. 224
. 224
. 224
. 225
. 227
» 221
164
. 222
5 228
. 228
201
BS)
» 216
81
89
= 130
129
- 130
89
86
- LOL
7 LOL
101
96
. 102
. 100
100
. 104
93
250 REFERENCE TO PLATES.
FIGURE,
37, 38. Tethys elongata Pse. Pilsbry, del.,
39. Tethys venosa Hutt. Tr. N. Z. Inst., .
40, 41. Tethys tigrina Rang. After Rang. .
42, 43. Tethys norfolkensisSowb. Conch. Icon.,
44. Tethys brunnea Hutt. Tr. N. Z. Inst.,
PLATE 60.
45-48. Tethys panamensis Pils. Pilsbry, del., .
49-52. Tethys maculata Rang. After Rang,. . .
53. Tethys argus Rupp. & Leuck. After Rtppell, .
PLATE 61.
54. Tethys euchlora Ads. Figs. Moll. Anim.,
55. Tethys ocellatus (=adamsi). Figs. Moll. ’Anim.,
56-58. Notarchus gelatinosa=indicus Schw. After Rang, . ;
59. Notarchus (Bursatella) leachii Blv. After Blainv.,
60. Actzon browniJordan. Proc. Mal. Soc.i, .
PLATE 62.
1. Notarchus plei Rang, genitalia. E.G. Vanatta, del.,
2. Notarchus plei Rang, penis. E.G. Vanatta, del.,
3. Tethys, “annexed genital mass.” After Mazzarelli,. .
4, Notarchus plei Rang, digestive tract. E.G. Vanatta, del.
5-8. Dolabrifera hollbdlli Bergh. After Bergh, .
PLATE 63.
9-11. Dolabella teremidi Rang. After Rang, .
12-16. Dolabrifera nicaraguana Pils. Pilsbry, del.,
PLATE 64.
2. Dolabella guayaquilensis Sowb. Conch. Icon.,
3. Dolabella hasselti (type) Fér. After Rang, .
PLATE 65.
4-6. Dolabella gigas Rang. Ross, del.,. .
7, 8. Dolabrifera triangularis Wats. Chall. Rep.
9. Dolabrifera hollbélli Bgh. After Bergh,. . .
10, 11. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang. After “Bergh, ;
REFERENCE TO PLATES. Doll
PLATE 66,
FIGURE, PAGE,
11-13. Dolabella ecaudata Rang. After Rang,. ... . . 157
14. Dolabella californica Stearns, diagram of the mantle cav-
ity, the dorsal slit indicated by dotted lines. Seaail
Gelprwere re eS oR ee : . 150
15-18. Dolabella californica Stearns. ‘Pilsbry, del., eee loo
PLATE 67.
17, 18. Dolabella californica Stearns, teeth. Pilsbry,del.,. . 150
19, 20. Dolabrifera swiftii (? =ascifera Rang). Pilsbry, del. 125
21-25. Dolabrifera ascifera Rang, teeth. After Bergh,. . . 117
26. Phyllaplysia lafonti Fisch., teeth. After Mazzarelli,. . 132
27-30. Dolabrifera hollbdlli Bgh., teeth. After Bergh,. . . 127
PLATE 68.
31-34, 36. Runcina coronata Quatref, After Vayssiére,. . 172
35. Runcina coronata Quatref. After Quatrefages,. . . . 172
37-41. Runcina coronota Quatref. After Alder & Hancock, 172
42,45. Runcina prasina Moreh. After Bergh,. . . Sie
PLATE 69.
44. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam. After Vayssiére.. . 179
45. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam., (head). After Vays-
siére,. . arenes Oe aie er di (oe:
46. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam. After Philippi, 2
47-49. Umbraculum mediterraneum Lam. Ross, del. . . 179
50, 51. Ildica nana Bergh, shell. After Bergh,. . . .. .174
52, 53. Idica nana Bergh, from right side and above. After
Bere. 2.0 eh Todee ep We cima NL
54, 55. Ildica nana Bergh, dentition. After Bereh) vs. A
56. Ildica nana Bergh, penis. After Bergh,. . . ev Sree
57. Ildica nana Bergh, stomach plates. After Bergh, Sverre lice
PLATE 70.
58-60. Umbraculum sinicum Gmel. Zool. Bonite,. . . . . 180
Glee Wimbraculumovalis'Cpr. Conch. Icon. ) . 5... Lill
62. Umbraculum corticalis Tate. After Tate,. .... . . 183
PLATE 71.
63-65. Umbraculum sinicum Gmel. Ross, del... . . . . . 180
66, 67. Haliotinella montrouzieri Souv. Journ, Coneh., ea
68, 69. Bertinia bertinia Jouss. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1883, itp
HITE ARG OMe 2h sh, 41 a Vn aan Gat ok ieecuies © os OO
22 REFERENCE TO PLATES.
Pian 72
FIGURE. PAGE,
70, 71. Umbraculum sinicum Gmel. U.S. Expl. Exped.,. . 180
72-74. Umbraculum plicatulum Mts. C. Mittheil,. . . . . 178
75, 76. Haliotinella patinaria Guppy. Journ. de Conch.,. . 210
PLATE 73.
77-82. Tylodina citrina Joannis. After Vayssiére,. . . . 186
83. Tylodina citrina Joannis. After Joannis,. . . . . . . 186
84, 85. Tylodina rafinesquii Phil.. After Philippi,. . . . . 187
86, 87. Umbraculum cumingi Desh. Moll. Réun.,. . . . . 182
PLATE 74.
88-90. Pleurobranchus peronii Cuy. After Cuvier,. . . . 207
91. Gymnotoplax americanus Verrill. After Verrill,. . . . 210
92, 93. Pleurobranchus patagonicus Orb. After @’ Orbigny, . 200
94. Koonsia obesa Verrill. After Verrill,. . . . 222
95. Pleurobranchus stellatus Risso, teeth. ‘After Bergh, Rate Se!
96. Pleurobranchus stellatus Risso, a plate of the jaw. After
Vayssiére, .. . Se ees
97, 98, Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso, teeth. After
Bereh. ee . Pe eas
99, Pleurobranchus aurantiacus Risso, jaw plate. After
Bergh, . = ol nd treet)
1. Pleurobranchus plumula Mont., jaw plates. After Sars, . 193
2, 3. Pleurobranchus plumula Mont., teeth. After Sars, ... 1293
4. Scaphander alatus Dall. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus,. . . . 234
5. Seaphander pustulosus Dall. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,. . 235
6. Pleurobranchus monterosatoi Vayssiére, jaw plate. After
Bershate ae onthe Tas» oy GaSe rrr
te Pugnus parvus Hedley. After Hedley; . ... apes
iInBex TO TECTIBRANCHS.
Nore—The names of valid species and varieties are printed in
Roman type; of genera and other groups in SMALL CAPITALS; of
synonyms in Italic.
Acardo Lam., L7G
Acera Auct., 5 BBW
Achates Dh. (Dorid.), . 239
Ac.LEsIA Rang, . . 135, 144
ACROSTEMMA ‘Cossm., . 238
ACTZONID#, ; 229
ACTON Montf., 229
Acutangula (Philine) ‘Ad, 4
Adamsi Ang. (Chelidonura), 36
Adamsi Pils. (Tethys), . 114
ADELACTZON Cossm., 230
Adelle Dall (Aglaja), . 8
Adelle Dall (Dorid.), 0 OF
Mnigmaticus Bgh. (Navar-
chus), : ee ie)
Equorea Heilpr. (Aplysia), 77
AGLAJID&, : Parvin. 4a
AGuaJa Ren., 43, 44, 239
POEDRA, —. . 230
Alata Forbes (Bullee: a), ye bailey
Alatus Dall (Scaph.), 234
Alba Cuv. (Aplysia), nd:
Alba Marsh. (Pleurobr.), . 194
Albopunctata Dh. (Aphysia), (al
AuicuLa Eichwald, . 28
Alicula Ehrenb.,
ALICULASTRUM ‘Pils, eae
Amabilis Verr. (Philine), . 25
Amati (Clio) Delle Chiaje,. 40
Americana Dall (Tylodina),
Americanus Ver. (Gym-
notoplax),
Americanus Ver. (Pleuro-
branchus), . 210
Amygdala marina a Plane, seal
ANASPIDEA, aes)
Andamanicus Sm, (Scaph, ), 285
Angasi Crosse (Philine), 8
Angasi Sm: (Pleurobr.))* . 205
Angasi Sowb. (Aplysia), . 101
Angulata Jeffr.(Philine), . 17
Anguilla Cum. (Aplysia), . 112
Angustata Biv. (Bulla), 13, 14
Antillarum Mch. (Oxynoe), 164
Aperta L. (Philine), . = ake
Aplisiformis Fér. (Acteon. ), 230
Aplysia Linné, : 65
A plysiceforme Baek (Dori
win),
Aplysiella Fisch., ;, 128
APLYSIID”, : : 7 9
APLYSIINE Pil., 2 . 60
Areola Pse. (Aclesia), . 147
Areolatus Mch. (Pleurobr.), 199
Argentata (Philine) Gld.,. 4
Argentatus Leh. (Osean.), . 215
Argus Riipp. (Aplysia), . 110
Ascifera Rang. (Dolabri-
fera), : : 124
AscoaLossa Bgh. . Gil
Atlantica Gray (Tylo:), = 186
Anys Monti, . 236
Aurantiacus Risso « Pleuro-
bist : oo
Aurantium Pse. (Operc.), » Sil
Balearicus Lar. (Pleurobr.), 224
Bermudense Mch. (Um-
brella), . 100, 178, 180
BERTHELLA Blv., alge
( 253 )
254
Bertinia Jouss.,
Bipes Pse. (Aplysia),
Bipes Pse. (Syphonota),
INDEX.
- 189
Binotata Pils. (Haminea), . 2
92
Blainvillii Less. (Pleurobr.), 219
Brachycephalus Mch. (Oxy-
NOG), 164
Brasiliana Rang. (Aplysia), 82
Brazieri Sowb. (Do labri-
tera), : 120
Brevifrons Ph. (Pleurobr. 197
Brongniartit Bly.(Aplysia), 144
Browni Jord. (Actzeon), . 229
Brugnatellii Vanbened.
(Aplysia), sg iisa
Brunnea Hutt. (Aply sia), . Silk
Bucconta Dall, . 236
Bulla Dacost. (Bulla), iui
Bullea Lam., ee
Bullata Miill., . 230
Bullidium Leue, , 44
Bursatella Blainv., 135, 188
Cailleti Dh. (Aplysia), 82
Californica Coop. (Aplysia), 89
Californica Stearns (Dola-
bella), . 159
Callosa Lam. (Dolabella), 153
Calyptreeoides Fbs. (Pleuro-
bray. : Senlets)
Cameliformis Loc.(Aplysia), 73
Camelus Cuv. (Aplysia), 73
Candeana Orb. (Philine), 25
Candida Mill. (Bulla), 11
Capensis Pfr. (Bulla), Til
Capreensis Maz. (Pelta), . 259
Carnosa Cuv. (Acera), 46
Catena Mont. (Philine), 13
Catenata Thorp. (Bullea), 14
Catenatus Leach (Sca-
phander), . 13
Catenulifera Macg. (Bullza), 13
Catina Brown (Bullea), 13
Caurina Bens. (Philine), 9
CEPHALASPIDEA, 229
CHELIDONURA Ad., '. 1, 34
Chelinocura Fischer, 34
Chierchiana Maz. & Zucc.
(Aplysia), ,
Ghnene ectier (Umbrac.),
Chinensis Gray (Umbr.),
Cingulata Sars (Philine),
Circularis Mch. (Berthella),
Circularis Mch. (Pleurobr.),
Cirrhifera Q. & G. (Aply-
Sia). < :
Cirrhifer Q. & G. (Notar-
chus),
Cirrifera Q. &G. (Aclesia),
Cirrosus Stimp. (Notar-
chus),
Citrina Joan, (Tylo.),
Citrina Rang (Aplysia),
Citrinus ae ee
Citrinus R. mc
br);
Cleanthus Leach,
Cleantus Leach,
CLISTAXIS Cossm.,
Coccineum Fér. (Gastrop-
teron), E P
CoLOBOCEPHALUS Bare
CoLpopasPIs Sars, :
Concava Sowb. (Aplysia), :
Contarinu Ver. (Pleurobr.),
Coreanica Ad. (Philine),
Coriaceum Meckel (Dorid-
ium), . :
Corneus Mch. (Lobiger),
Cornigera Sowb. (Aplysia),
Cornutus Q. & G. ee
br.),
Coronata Quatref, (Pelta),
Corticalis Tate (Umbr.),
Costellatus Sars (Colobo-
cephalus), .
Crenata Ad. (Philine),
CRENILABIUM Cossm.,
Cretica Fbs. (Bulla),
Cryptaxis Jeftr., . ;
CrYPTOPHTHALMUS Ehr-
enb., 12
Cumingi ‘Ad. (Lobiger),
Cumingi Desh. (Umbr.),
Cuvieri Ad. (Dolabrifera),
Cuvieriana Chiaje (A plisia),
87
181
ee lye |
15
200
200
. 142
142
142
, 14t
. 186
139
159
. 208
estes
Sto
aon
40
oo
28
100
215
Cuviert Bly. (Notarchus),
Cuviert Chiaje (Aplisia),
Cyanea Mts. (Aglaja),
Cyaneum Mts. (Doridium),
Cyanogaster Rud.,
Cylindrica Cheesem. (Ag-
laja), .
Cylindrica Cheesem. (Mel-
anochlamys), .
Cylindricus Pse. (Crypt-
ophthalmus), 2
CYLINDROBULLA Fisch.,
CyPRHACTHON White,
Dactylomela Rang (Aply-
sia),
Dehaanii Cantr.
robr.
),
Delicatula Nev. “(Oxy noe),
(Pleu-
Delicatus Pse. (Pleurobr.), ‘
Delle chiaii Ver. (Pleurobr.),
Denisoni Smith (Aplysia),
Denotarisii Ver.(Pleurobr.), ‘
Denticulata Ad. (Bulla),
Depicta Ren. (Aglaja),
Depilans L. (Aplysia),
Depressa Cantr. (Aplysia),
Deshaanii (Pleurobr.),
Deubenii Lov. (Tylo.),
Diaphana Arad. (Weink.),
DriaAPpHANA Brown, . é
Diaphana Mont. (Bulla),
Digueti Roch. (Pleurobr.),
Dilatata Jeffr. (Philine),
Dilatata 8. Wood (Bulleea),
Dilatipes Ad. (Oscan.),
Diomedea Bgh. (Aglaja)
Diomedeum Bgh. (Dorid.),
DirreropHysis Pils., 162,
Discoides Ren. .
Dive Vel. (Bulla).
DoLaBeLia Lam.,
DoLABELLIN& Pils., . ;
Dolabrifera Cuv. (Dolab.),
DoLaABRIFERA Gray,
Dolabrifer Fischer,
DoLABRIFERIN Pils.,
Doridiide,
INDEX.
1386 Doridium Meckel, . .
71 DumortieriCantr.(Aplysia),
47
47 Eburnea Dall (Bulla),
223 Ecaudata Rang (Dolabella),
Effusa Monts. (Coleoph.),
49 Ejidothea Risso, .
Elongata Pse. (Aplysia),
50 Elongata Pse. (Syphonota),
Elongata Pse, (Tethys),
37 Elongata Sby. (Dolabella),
Zoi longatus Cantr. aS Pleu-
234 robr.),
Etysia, .
Emarginata Ad. (Bulla),
75 Erythrea Ad. (Philine),
Erythrensis Cooke C Pha
. 215 line),
165 Esmia Leach, :
202. Euchlora Ad. (Aply sia),
225 EvusrE.Lenops Pils., SAE
102. Excavata Sowb. et
215 Exilis Jeffr.,
12
46 Farrani Norm. (Akera),
69 Fasciata Poir. (Aplysia),
134 Ferussacii Rang (Aplysia),
215 Fimbriata A. & R. (Aply-
187 Sia) eos é ; ‘
236 Finmarchica Sars (Philine),
237 =Fleuriansi Orb. (Pleurobr.),
232 Flexuosa Monts. (Philine),
201 Flexuosa Sars (Philine),
27 ~+Floridensis Pils. (Tethys), .
13 Formosa Stimp. (Philine), .
216 ey Chiaje (Pleu-
52 robr.),
3 Forskalii Rupp. (Pleurobr.),
168 Fragilis Lam. (Dolabella),
192 : x PAVE
3 Fragilis Sars (Philine),
150 Fragilis Vel. (Bulla),
150 Fungina Gabb. (Tylo.),
118 Fusca Pse. (Dolabrifera),
117 + Fusca Tiles. (Aplysia),
et lbs
. 116 Gargotte Cale. ee
45 Gastroplax Blv.,
. 2388
255
44
. 232
157
44
95
93
93
156
. 196
. 230
11
256
GASTROPTERIDEH. . vi, 939
GASTROPTERON Kosse, 89, 239
Gelatinosa Rang (Notar-
chus),
Gelatinosus Rang (Aply sia), 136
Gemmata Mech. (Aglaja), 100
Gemmatum Mech. (Dorid.), 56
Geographica A. & R. (Si-
phonotus), 105
Gervisia Q. & GG. - - 192
Gigantea Sowb. (Aplysia), 102
Gigas Rang (Dolabella), . 152
Gigliolii TO! (Aglaja), . 50
Glauca Cheesem. (Aclesia),
Glaucus Cheesem. (Notar-
chus), . : :
Globosa Lov. (Diaphana),, 16
Grandis Leche (Philine), 20
Grandis Pse. (Aplysia), . 93
Grandis Pse. (Pleurobr.), . 218
Grandis Pse. (Syphonota), 93
Granulatus Kr. (Pleurobr.), 208
Granulosa Sars. (Bullea), 13
Granulosa Sars. (Philine),. 27
Gravesi Fbs. (Icarus),
Griffithsie Gray, : 7)
Griffithsiana Leh. (Esmia), 71
Guadaloupensis Sowb.
(Aplysia), 19
Guay We Pet. (Dola-
lla), : Baty)
ae nei Dautz. (Bulla), . 232
Guttata Mts. (Aglaja), . 48
Guttata Sars. (Aplysia), . 71
Guttatum Mts. (Doridium), 48
GYMNOTOPLAX Pils. 191, 210
Haanii Loe. (Pleurobr.), . 215
HALIOTINELLA Souvy., 209
Hamiltoni Kirk (Aplysia), 99
HAMINEA, Zoi
Hancocki Fbs. (Runcina), .
Hargravesi Ad. (Oxynoe), 166
Elassclin Fér. (Dolabella), 154
Hemprichii Ehr. ( Dola-
bella), 3 ~ LOG
Hermania Monts., —. Ai Lee
Hillii Hedl. (Oscanius), 220
INDEX.
Hirundella Gray, . 54
Hirundinaria Gray (Hir-
undella), . 30
ee Q. (Chelidon-
ra), 34
Hollbaili Beh. (D olabri-
fera), aA
Hyalina Sowb. (Aplysia), 100
Hyalopatina Dall, 176, 184
HAybrida Sowb. (Apl ysia), 7a
Icarus Forbes, ; ;
Iupica Bergh., Sail
Inca Orb. (Aplysia), . 400
Incus Sowb. (Aplysia), . 87
Indica Lam. (Umbr.), 181
Indicus Schweig. (Notar-
chus), . 136
Inermis Coop. (Navanax), . 58
Inermis Coop. (Nav archus), 58
Inermis Coop. (Strategus), 58
Infortunata Pils. (Philine), 16
Infundibulum Dall Oe
line). 23
Intrapicta Ckll. (Aclesia) .
Intrapictus Ckll. (Notar-
chus), : . 149
Jacksoniensis Pils. (Dolabri-
fera), . . 120
Japonica Lisch. (Philine), . 5)
Japonica Pils. (Haminea), 232
Japonica Sowb. (Aplysia), 106
Jerverensis Schr. (Bulla), . 232
Joannisia Monts., . 185
‘JOHANTA Monts, .) | Ope
Juliana Q. & G. ’( Aplysia), 108
Julienna Gray (Aplysia), . 108
Keraudrent Ang. (Syphon-
Ota) sa 101
Keraudreni Rang (Aplysia), 95
Kleciachi Brus. (Lamel-
laria), . 195
KLEINELLA Ad., : . 230
Koonsta Ver., 191 2a
Krohnii Ad. (Lobiger), . 165
Krohnii Ad. (Lopho.), . 165
Krohnii A. Ad. (Oxynoe),
Laciniatus R. & L. (Notar-
chus),
Lacinulata Couth. (Bursa-
tella),
Lacinulatus Couth. (Notar-
chus),
- Levigata Stimp. (Aplysia),
Lafonti Fisch. ayenly:
Sia), |<:
Laguncula Sow. (Volv. Pe:
Laona Ad., : ;
Laplysia Linné,
Davis Bly. (Dolabella),
Leachii Blv. (Bursatella), .
Leachii Blv. (Notarchus), .
Leporina Delle oo
(Aplisia),
Leporina Linn. (Tethy s),
Lepus Phil. (Aplysia),
Lepus Risso (Dolabella), 73,
Lernea Bohadsch,
Lessoni Mazz. (Aplysia),
Lessoni Rang. (Aplysia),
Lesueurii Bly. (Pleurobr.),
Leuconyx Ad., .
Lima Brown (Philine),
Limacina Bly. (Aplysia),
Limacina L. (Tethys.),
Limacina Blochm. (Aply-
sla); : : :
Limacoides Ver. (Pleu-
robr.),
Lineolata A. & R. (Aply-
Sia),
Lineolata Ad. (Aglaj a),
Lineolata Couth. (Bulla),
Lineolatus Gld. ( Notar-
chus),
Lineolatus Gld~ (Ss t y lo-
cheilus), .
Lineolatus Stimp. (Notar
chus),
Lissacteeon Monts.,
Livida Orb. (Aplysia),
Lobaria Blainv.,
Lobaria Mill.,
17
INDEX. 257
165 Lobiancoi Maz. (Aplysia), 73
Losicer Krohn, 162, 166
Longicauda Q. & G. (Notar-
145 chus), 143
Longicornis Rang (Aply-
. 147 sia), 71
Lophocercus Krohn, 162
147 Loveni Malm. (Philine), 14
106 Luniceps Cuy. (Pleurobr.), 228
Lurida Orb. (Aplysia), 79
33 Lutea Q. & G. (Bulla) 39
251 Lutea Risso (Aplysia), 113
26 = Luteus Q. & G. SEs
65 thalmus), 38
70
138 Maculata Orb. (Aglaja), 5k
138 Maculata Orb. (Postero-
branchea), : » OL
70 Maculata Q. & G. (Pleu-
72 robr.), : : era
73 Maculata Rang (Aplysia), 107
160 Maillardi Dh. (Dolabri-
65 fera), . HAS:
ete Major Lank. (Aplysia), 70
86 Mammillatus Q. G. (Pleu-
215 robr.), : : 5 BAY)
. 160 Mammillatus Sch. (Pleu-
20 robr.), adie
134 Marginata Ad. (Aplysia), 105
70 Marginata Ph. (Aplysia), wl
Marginatus Pse. (Pleu-
73 ‘robr. 5 204
Marinus Forsk. (Lepus), 217
198 Marinus Forsk. (Osean.), . 216
Marmorata Blv. (Aplysia), 74
. 110 Marmorata Risso ( Eido-
49 thea), 46
21 Marmorata Smith (Aglaja), 48
Marmoratum Cantr. (Dorid-
. 140 ium), ‘ : = 46
Marmoratum Sm. (Dorid.), 49
140 Marmorea Ad. (Aplysia), . 105
Marmorea Pse. (Dolabri-
142 fera), . : 123
299 Martensi Pils. (Gymnot.), . PARI
79 = Meckelii Blv. (Pleurobr.), . 224
44. Meckeli Chiaje (Doridium), 45
2 Meckelii (Gastrop.), . 239
258
Mediterraneum Lam.
INDEX.
(Uimbr); _: aes
Melanochlamys C heesem., 44
Melanopus Crouch (Aply-
sia), 75
Membranacea Mont. (Lam-
ellaria), . 215
Membranacea Monts. ‘(Phi-
line), . 22
Membranaceum “Meckel
(Doridium), 45, 46
Membranaceus Mont. (Pleu-
robr.), : 215
MENESTHO, : 230
Minor Lauk. (Aplysia), 225
MonostTicHoGLossaTA, . 161
Montagui Leh. (Cleantus), 194
Monterosatoi Jeffr. ( P hi-
line), . 20
Monterosatoi Vayss. (Pleu-
robr.), 196
Montrouzieri Souv. (Hal-
iotinella.), . 210
Morosa Bgh. (Koonsia), 222
Morosus Bgh. (Pleuro-
branchillus), —. . 228
Mouhoti Gilch. (Aplysia), 116
Mustelina Dav. outa ral
Myonia A. Ad., . 230
Nana Beh. (Ildica), . 174
Napolitana ee (Aply-
sia), 73
Navanax Pils., 43, 57
Navarchus Coop. - OF
NEAPLYsIA Coop., 65, 68
Neapolitana pee een
sia), 73
Neda Ads., _ 228
Nevilli Pils. (Lobiger), 168
Nexa Thomp. (Aplysia), fal
Nicaraguana Pils. cee 2
brifera), . 124
Nigra Chenu (Pelta), 172
Nigra Mts. (Aglaja), 47
Nigra Orb. (Aplysia), 85
Nigra Pse. (Philinopsis), 57
Nigrocincta Mts. (Aplysia), 107
Nigromarginata Risso
(Aplysia), « LS
Nigrum Mts. (Doridium), . 48
Nitida Jeffry. (Philine), 18
Nodifera A. & R. (Aplysia), 109
Norfolkensis Sowb. Ce
sia), 99
NoraRrcuus Cuv. ie 135, 161
NorasPIDEA, . 2 £70
Novezealandize Ch. (Pleu-
robr.), . 227
Nudatus Rang (Notarchus), 138
Nuttalli Pils. “(Aglaja), 50
Oahouensis Soul. (Dolabri-
fera), . 22
Obesa Ver. (Koonsia), 222
Oblongus Aud. (Pleurobr.), 208
Ocellata Ad. (Aplysia), 115
Ocellata Fér. (Aplysia), 138
Ocellata Orb. (Aplysia), 76
Ocellatus Chiaje (Pleu-
robr.), . 195
Ocellatus Fér. (Notarchus), 1388
Ocellatus Hasselt (Placobr.),
Ocelligera Bgh. (Aglaja),
Ocelligerwm me ieee
Oculifera A. & R. (Aply-
sia), . 110
Givaces Pse. (Dolabrifera), 123
Olivacea Raf. (Oxynoe), . 162
Olivaceus Ehrenb. (Crypto-
phthalmus), : 37
Ombrella Blv., . “AT6
Operculatum Ads... a6
Orbicularis Mihl.(Acardo), 181
Orbignyana Roch. (Aglaja), 239
Orbignyanus Roch. (Pos-
tero.), ow
Ornata Dh. (Dolabella), salou
Ornata Dh. (Petalifera), . 131
Ornata Dh. (Phyllaplysia), 131
Ornata Quatref. (Pelta), . 172
Ornatus Ch. (Pleurobr.), . 206
Ornatus Swains. ( Thal-
lepus), ‘ . 126
Orientalis Ad. (Philine), aa:
Orientalis Sowb. (Aplysia), 104
Oscantus Leach.
Ossiania Monts., ;
Ossiani Kob., (Philine),
Ossiansarsi Friele (Philine),
Ovalis Cpr. (Umbr.),
Ovalis Pse. (Pleurobr.),
Ovata Jeftr. oe
OXYNOEID#,
OXYNOE Raf,
ot
Pacifica Pse. (Dolabrifera),
Pacificum Bgh. ee
pteron), .
Panamensis Pils. (Tethy Sy.
PaRAPLysIA Pils, .
Parthenopia Oken., .
Parviplica Dall (Torn.),
Parvula Mch. (Aplysia),
Parvus Hedl. (Pugnus), .
Patagonicus Orb.(Pleurobr.)
Patelloidea Cantr. (Parmo.),
Patinaria Guppy (Haliot.),
Patula Jeffr. (Philine),
Patulus Risso (Seaphander),
Peasei Pils. (Tethys), . :
FPectinata Dillw. (Bulla),
Pelta Quatref., lil
Pettide. .
Pellucidus Ad. (Lobiger), :
Pellucidus Pse. (Pleurobr.),
Perforatus Ph. (Pleurobr.),
Peronii Blv. (Dolabella),
Peronii Cuv. (Pleurobr.),
Perviridis Pils. (Aplysia), .
PETALIFERA Gray, .
Petalifera Rang (Aplysia), .
Petersonit Gray (Aplysia), .
Petersoni Sowb. (Aplysia), .
PHANEROPHTHALMUs Ad.,
Philippi Krohn (Lobiger), .
PHILINE Asc. .
Phyline,
? ’
PHILINIDA, . : vi,
Philinopsis Pse., 44, 56,
PuHycopuHina Ad., 2168;
Pay vuaPrysia Fisch.,
Picta Pse. (Lobiger),
Pictum Ad. (Operc.),
INDEX. 259
212 Pictum Ad. (Umbr.), 183
2 Pictus Pse. (Lobiger), 170
15 Piperata Smith (Aplysia) . 115
14 Planata Dall (Philine), 24
. 177 ~=Planciana Lam. (Bulleea) ial
. 202 Pleti Rang (Aplysia), 148
. 233 Pleii Rang (Notarchus), 148
. 161 PLEUROBRANCHID®, 170, 190
. 162 PLEUROBRANCHA Leue,
1915, 223
122 =Pleurobranchidium Blv., . 223
Pleurobranchillus Bergh, . 221
42 PLEUROBRANCHUS Cuy., . 191
88 Placobranchus Gray, . 114
15. Plicatulum Mts.(Umbr.) . 178
39 = Plumula Mont. (Bulla), 194
232 Plumula Mont. (Pleurobr.), 193
83 Plumula Vayss. & Bergh.
234 (Pleurobr.), . 195
200 = Plumulatus Loe. (Pleurobr. ), 194
187 ‘Polaris Auriv. (Philine), 2,
210 Poliana Chiaje (Aplisia), 70
11 Polyomma Mch.(Notarchus) 139
13 Porosa Leach (Berthella) . 194
95 Posterobranchea Orb., 44
12. = Posterobranchus Roch., 239
239 Prasina Mch. (Pelta), 173
. 170 Protea Rang (Aplysia), 78
167 ~Pruinosa Clark (Philine), 26
2038 PsEuDAPLysIA Pils., . pes) eya
197 PrerycopHysis Fisch., 162, 169
1538 Puanus Hedley, ; LE2Be
207 Pulmonica Gld. (Aplysia), . 96
81 Punctata Ad. (Bulla), 14
128 Punctata Clark (Philine), . 17
129 Punctata Cuv. (Aplysia) 70
118 = =Punctata Phil. (Bulla) 13, 14
70 Punctata Pse. (Syphonota), 95
38 Punctatus Ph. (Notarchus), 137
167 Punctatus Q. & G. (Pleu-
238 TOOTS) eee 205
2 Punctilucens Beh. (Aglaja), 54
1 Punetilucens Beh. (Dorid.), 55
1 Punctulata Raf. (Tylos) 36
114 »Punctulatas T-C) “Cehyll-
132 aplysia), . seul
169 Purpurea Beh. (Aglaja), 52
183. Purpureum Beh. (Dorid.) . 52
250
Purpureus Kel. (Pleurobr.), 217
Pusilla Sars (Colpodaspis), 28
Pustulosa Dall (Seaph.), . 235
Quadrata Sowb. (Aplysia) . 130
QuadrataS.Wood (Philine), 19
Q@uadridens Mch. (Berthel-
la), : 199, 210
Quadridens Mch. (Pleurobr. ) 198
Quadrilobata Gm. (Lobaria), 11
Quadriloba Mill. (Lobaria), 11
Quadripartita Ase. (Philine), 11
Quercinus Gld. (Notarchus), 143
Radiata Crouch. (Aplysia), 73
Radiata Ehr.(Aplysia), . 111
Rafinesquii Ph. (Tylo.), — . 187
Rangiana Orb. (Aplysia), . 86
Reticulatus Pse. (Pleurobr.), 218
Reticulatus Rang(Pleurobr.) 216
Retifer Forbes (Bulla), =. 27
RincIcuta, : ; . 233
Ringiculella Sacco, . 233
Robertsi Pils. (Tethys), 89, 239
Rondeletii Cuy. (Dolabella), 160
ftosea Rathka (Aplysia), . 71
Rosea Sowb. (Aplysia), . 84
Ruber Raf. (Sareopterus), . 40
Rubrum Raf. (Gastropteron), 40
Rufa Q. & G. (Aplysia), . 148
Rufus Pse. (Pleurobr.), . 204
Rufus Q. & G. (Notarchus), 143
Rumphii Cuv. (Dolabella), 153
Runcina Forbes, s Ta 239
RuNCINIDA, . : slo)
Ruppellii Iss. (Pleurobr.)) 2207
Rushii Dall (Hyalopatina), 184
Sapatra Bell. oo
Sacocuiossa Iher., Sail
Sagra Orb. (Philine), . Sah 55)
Saltator Fbs. (Aplysia), 161
Sandwichensis Sowb. (Aply-
sla), : . 92
Sar copterus Tae ; . 39
Savignana Aud. (Barsatel la), 145
SavignanusAud. (Notarchus) 144
Savign yanus Iss.(Notarchus) 145
INDEX.
Savii Verany (Pleurobr.), . 198
Scaber Mull. (Philine), = al,
Scabra Mull. (Philine), . 12
Scalpta Ad. (Philine), AKG
ScaPHANDER, . : . 234
Seapula Mart. (Dolabella), 152
Schroeter Phil. (Bullea), . 11
Sculpta S. Wood (Bulleea),. 14
Sculpta T.-C. (Philine), LesG
Secutatus Fbs. (Pleurobr.), . 198
Scutatus Mts.(Pleurobr.), . 211
Scutellata Ehr. (Aplysia), . 111
Seutulum Lov. (Philine), . 20
Sebe Gray (Aplysia), its
Semilevis Seg. (Bulla),- . 232
Serradifalci Cale. (Bullea), 167
Serradifalci Cale. (Lobiger), 167
Sicula Swains. (Aplysia), . 112
Sideralis Lov. (Pleurobr.), . 194
Sieboldi Krohn(Lopho.), 163, 164
Similis Sowb. (Aplysia), 130
Sinense A. Ad. (Gastro:
pteron), 41
Sinensis Sowb. (Aply sia), 104
Sinica Gmel. (Patella), 180
Sinicum Gmel.(Umbr.), . 180
Sinuata Sars.(Philine), . 18
Sinuata Stimp. (Philine), . 19
Siphonotus A.& R., . . 868
Smaracdinus Leuck. Seri
ophthalmus),
Sordidus Fbs. (Pleurobr Fs ee sk)
Sorex Rang (Aplysia), . 94
Sormetus Fér., . 2
Souverbii Fisch. (Lobiger), 168
Sowerby: Fisch. (Lobiger), . 169
Sowerbyi Gldg. (Dolabrifera) 126
Sowerbyi Pils. (Tethys), 10m
Sparsinotata Sm. (Aplysia). 103
Speciosa Pse. Sau 56
Spurea Krauss (Aplysia),
Stellata Risso (Aplysia), . 71
Stellatus Risso (Pleurobr.), 194
Stimpsoni Pils. (Notar goer 142
Strategus Coop., . 57
Striata Q. & G. (Aply sia), . 141
Striatula Fbs. (Bulla), . 233
Striatula Jeffr.(Philine), . 22
INDEX
Striatella T.-C.(Philine), . 5
Striatulus Jeffr. (Utriculus), 23
Striatus Q. & G.(Notarchus) 141
Striolata Ad.(Philine), . 7
STYLOCHEILUS Gld., . 185, 139
Subquadrata Gld., Sowb.
(Aplysia), . t oe eel
Susania Gray, .
Swiftii Pils. (Dolabrifera), .
Sydneyensis Sowb. (Aply-
sia), oe Oa
Sympterus Rafin.,
Syphonopyge Bronn, ‘ 26D
Syphonota Pse., . : . 65
Tahitensis Pse. (Dolabri-
fera), 5 HOA
Tarda Ver. ‘(Pleu robr. );
Tasmanica T.-Woods
(Aplysia), . 99
Teremidi Rang (Dolabella), 154
Tessellatus Pse. (Pleurobr.), 202
Testudinarius Cantr. (Os-
canius). : : . 213
Teruys Linné, . 5 . 65
Thallepus Swains, > » 126
Tigrina Angas (Aplysia), . 102
Tigrina Q. & G. (Aplysia), 109
Tigrina Rang (Aplysia), . 108
Tigrinella Gray (Aplysia), . 109
Tincta Ver. (Philine), 238
Tongana Q. & G. (Dolabella) 158
Tongensis Gray (Dolabella), 159
ToRNATINA, ; 232
Trian oularis Wats. (Dola-
brifera), 119
Tricolorata Ren. (Aglaja),
45, 239
Trigona Sowb. (Aplysia), . 112
Truneata Rang (Dolabella), 158
Truncatissima (Philine),
Sowb., . 5
Tryoniana Pils. (Tethys), 96, 239
Tryonii Mein. (Aplysia), . 98
Tuberculatus Chiaje (Pleuro-
E;)) 218
Tuberculatus Meck. (Osean. 5 214
Tuberculatus Meck. (Pleuro-
br): 14
Tuberculosus Bly. (Gastro-
plax),= = Bee esl!
Tyleriana Ad. (Leueonyx) . 160
TyLopina Rafin, . 176, 185
Umbella Lam. (Acardo), . 181
Umbella Orb., .
Umbellata Chiaje (Umbr.),
Umbellata Gm. (Patella),
UMBRACULIDA, 2 170,
UMBRACULUM Schum., Me 176
Umbrella Lam., .
Umbrella Mart. (Patella), lel
Umnbrellide, 175
Unguifera Rang. (Aplysia), 129
Unicolor Bly. (Aplysia), 115
Unicolor Risso (Aplysia), . 112
Utriculopsis Sars, z Z
Vaillanti Iss.(Philine), . 10
Varians Leach (Aplysia), . 71
Varians Pse. (Pleurobr.),
Variegata Pse. (Dolabella),
Velutinoides Sars (Philine), 21
Venosa Hutt.(Aplysia), . 98
Ventricosa Jeffr.(Diaphana), 22
Ventrosus Jeffr. (Utriculus), 22
Vestita Phil. (Philine), Bt ah
Violaceus Pse. (Pleurobr.), .
Virescens Risso (Aplysia), . 129
Viridescens Pse. (Syphon-
ota), 94
Viniai Bose. (Laplisia), 112
Viridis Fér. (Acteeon), 230
Viridis F.& H.(Runcina), 173
Viridis Nev. (Lobiger), 168
Viridis Pse. (Lopho.), 165
Viridis Pse. (Lobiger), 169
Viridis Pse. (Oxynoe), . 165
Vitrea Gld. (Philine), malas
Vitrea Monts. (Philine), . 28
Vitrea Sars (Philine), Seri
Vitrea Sars (Utriculopsis), 16
Vitrzea Sowb. (Dolabrifera), 121
Vittata Mts. (Aglaja), a 4%
262 INDEX.
Vittatum Mts.(Doridium),. 47
VOLVATELLA Pse., .. . 231
Vulgaris Blv. (Aplysia), . 70
Webbii Bened. (Aplysia), . 130
Webi Loc. (Aplysiella), 130
Weebbii Vayss. (Aplysiella), 130
WEINKAUFFIA Ad., . 236
WesterniaQ.&G., . woe
Willcoxi Heilpr. (Aplysia), 80
Wilsoni Tate (Lobiger), . 168
Xanthonella Gray, . . 38
Zeylanicus Kel. (Pleurobr.), 209
Zonata Ad. (Laona), . 2G:
DORIDIID4= Jj
PLATE 2
PHILINID4=
a
ss
_—_
3
PLATE
PHILINID4:
Ft
PLATE 4
PHILINID42
all - S=
o 4. ~ oe
oil i
3
™
4,
“
.
‘
2
Wel
a
- |
‘5
PLATE
PHILINID&.
ft
oo
\ any
RY \
SGV
AN
AANA
ows
PLATE 6
AGLAJIDA®
Led
i Jamil
i vie
fi 7)
: ios
oy) =
"
2
~
~
b
.
*
oe
GASTROPTERIDE PLATE (7.
8
PLATE
GASTROPTERID4=
PLATE 9
PHILINIDA
&
°
OXY NOEID.
>
Rae
Near)
eo
-¥i
+85
~
P,
.
C
! ‘
E \
i
PLATE Ad
OXY NOEIDA.
-
Shige
TEER.
4
PLATE 12
DORIDIID4=
foe
ee
geen ay
sa.
\
; hoe
—
hana
Mec
‘eS
s,
_
ae, i
aes
PLATE 18
AGLAJIDAE
er
"(thE PELE
SS era
eewaterrenstenenca are e
+
7 eit
1
PLATE 14
DORIDIID4=
cca MCF INANE Uo:
pe zs PE,
* y : :
. ; es
He
- =
4
. ‘
zy
:
PEAR) Als
DORIDIIDA{
WEY
Lene.
i
APLYSIIDA. PLATE 16
APLYSIIDAE:. PLATE 17
t
2
J
{
/
R
a
U)
a
oI
A,
<
oH
PLATE 62.
ce bn
962 ee ee
eae eee 2
a
APLYSIID.
“
nd
PLATE 63.
APLYSIID4.
APLYSIID@.
PLATE 665.
APLYSIIDA.
APLYSIIDA. PLATE 66.
PLATE 67.
{
APLYSIIDA.
SS
=
se
RUNCINID&.. PLATE 68.
aS
PLATE 70.
UMBRACULID&.
oS
6
PLATE 71.
UMBRACULID£.
éj
PLATE 72.
UMBRACULID.
a
PLATE 73.
UMBRACULID&€.
oS
)
..
May
PLATE 74.
PLEUROBRANCHIDA.
—
ee te iat cf ee a
hh.
oMitiys
ar tn Og
* ‘
Wg)
ot i
lay capes
Pik ay
a
LUE
Ws
A site 4
A a «